Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Gresham Technologies plc

Gresham Technologies plc

ght.l · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker ght.l
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Gresham Technologies plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
G

r

e

s

h

a

m

T

e

c

h

n

o

l

o

g

i

e

s

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

2

Gresham Technologies plc
Annual Financial Report 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gresham Technologies plc 
is a global leader in mission 
critical software and 
automation solutions for 
financial services. 

Listed on the main market of the London Stock 
Exchange (“LSE:GHT.L”) and headquartered in the City 
of London, our customers include some of the world’s 
largest financial institutions and corporates, all of 
whom are served locally from offices located in the 
UK, Europe, North America and Asia Pacific.

Our purpose is to enable financial institutions to 
digitise their operations, giving them complete 
confidence in their data to improve 
competitiveness and manage risk and 
reputation. We have built an award-winning 
software platform which helps firms operate 
efficiently, manage risk, stay compliant and 
focus on their customers, knowing that their 
data and digital processes are under control.

Our values

We Embrace 
Difference

We Create 
Together

We Champion 
Success

Contents

STR AT EGIC   REPO RT

CO RPORATE   GOVERNANCE

FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

IFC  Corporate statement, 
purpose and values
Investment case

01 
02  Highlights
04  At a glance
06  Chair’s statement
08  Business model
10  CEO’s statement
14 
Innovation
16  Strategy
18  Strategy in action
20  Key performance indicators
22  Stakeholder engagement
24  Environmental, social and governance
32  Financial review
38  Principal risks and uncertainties

42  Chair’s introduction to governance
44  Board of Directors
46  Statement of corporate governance
49  Nomination Committee Report
50  Audit Committee Report
53  Introduction to the Remuneration 

Independent auditor’s report 
71 
77  Consolidated income statement
78  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income

79	 Consolidated	statement	of	financial	

position

Report

80  Consolidated statement of changes in 

54  Remuneration Report
67  Directors’ Report
70  Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

equity

81	 Consolidated	statement	of	cash	flow 
82	 Notes	to	the	financial	statements
116  Company balance sheet
117  Company statement of changes 

in equity

118	 Notes	to	the	Company	financial	

statements

IBC Corporate information

Investment case

Reasons to  
invest in Gresham

We are aiming to build a £100m+ ARR SaaS business 
through a five-pillar growth strategy (see page 5). We 
have a highly experienced management team fully 
committed to delivering shareholder value. 

Global fintech leader
We have deep domain 
expertise and support 
275 customers across 30 
countries, including several 
of the world’s largest banks. 

A culture of innovation 
Our 215+ staff across 10 offices 
are amongst the most talented in 
the world, with strong values and 
a commitment to innovation. This 
keeps us at the heart of customer 
workflows.

275customers across 

30 countries

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

215+

staff across 10 offices

Financial review 
Page 32

Long-term market drivers
Our addressable market is expanding 
as systemic data challenges persist 
and firms increasingly turn to 
modern automation solutions to 
secure operational efficiencies, 
meet regulatory obligations or meet 
customer demands.

Scalable SaaS business model 
Our best-in-class software 
subscriptions are delivering high 
quality, high growth recurring 
revenues and strong margins, with 
24% organic ARR CAGR in the last 
five years. 

$1.16bn

regulatory reporting 
solutions market

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

24%organic ARR CAGR in the 

last five years

Financial review 
Page 32

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

01

STRATEGIC REPORTHighlights
Highlights

Strong Clareti recurring revenues driving 
profitable growth

Group revenue

Clareti revenue

Clareti recurring revenue

£48.7m +32%

£35.5m +39%

£27.4m +46%

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019 

24.8

25.0

48.7

2022 

35.5

2022 

27.4

37.0

2021 

25.5

2021 

18.8

2020 

15.5

2019 

15.5

2020 

11.5

2019 

10.4

Adjusted EBITDA

Cash adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

£10.3m +43%

£4.4m +76%

7.54p +50%

2022 

2021 

2020 

4.5

2019 

4.1

10.3

2022  

4.4

2022 

7.54

7.2

2021

2.5

2020

0.3

2019

0.3

5.02

3.96

2021 

2020 

2019 1.99

Clareti ARR

Clareti ARR net retention rate

Cash

£28.1m +17%

102% (4)%

£6.3m (31)%

2022 

2021 

2020 

12.3

2019 

9.5

28.1

2022 

102

2022 

6.3

24.0

2021 

106

2021 

2020 

2019 

9.1

8.9

9.6

02 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Financial

 ▪  Forward-looking Clareti Annualised Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) up 

 ▪ Profit before tax as reported up £2.8m to £3.2m (2021: £0.4m), 

17% to £28.1m as at 31 December 2022. 

 ▪ Group revenues up 32% to £48.7m.

 ▪ Clareti revenues up 39% to £35.5m.

 ▪ Clareti recurring revenues up 46% to £27.4m.

 ▪ Adjusted EBITDA(1) up 43% to £10.3m (2021: £7.2m).

 ▪ Cash adjusted EBITDA(2) up 76% to £4.4m (2021: £2.5m).

including expenses adjusted in EBITDA metrics above of £3.5m 
(2021: £3.5m).

 ▪ Adjusted diluted earnings per share(3) up 50% at 7.5 pence 

(2021: 5.0 pence).

 ▪ Cash at 31 December 2022 of £6.3m and no debt after 

payment of £4.4m in contingent consideration for previous 
acquisitions (2021: £9.1m and no debt)(4). 

 ▪ Final dividend proposed at 0.75 pence per share (2021: 0.75 pence).

Operational

 ▪ Standalone Clareti business cash profitable for the first 

 ▪ Net ARR retention for the year of 102%, highlighting growth 

time, generating cash EBITDA(2) of £1.1m, as growth, scale and 
operating leverage begin to take effect.

 ▪ 12 new-name wins, including several Tier 1 financial institutions, 
bringing total customers to more than 275 across 30 countries.

 ▪ Electra business integration completed and delivering initial 

cross-sell and operating synergies. 

 ▪ Strong growth in cloud and other recurring revenues.

within existing customer base.

 ▪ Continued growth and development of key accounts. 

 ▪ Excellent economic returns being realised by Tier 1 firms 
replacing legacy reconciliation software with Control.

 ▪ Digital corporate banking product developed with Australia and 
New Zealand Banking Group now deployed into production use.

Outlook

 ▪ Larger, more resilient Group, with more than £42m of FY23 

 ▪ Management confident about the prospects for the Group.

revenues under contract; providing significant visibility and a 
robust platform to execute growth strategy.

(1)  Adjusted EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, adjusted for one-off exceptional charges and share-based payments. (see 

note 5 of the Group financial statements).

(2)  Adjusted EBITDA less capitalised development spend and any IFRS 16 lease-related cash payments.

(3)  Diluted earnings per share, adjusted to add back share-based payment charges, deferred tax charge on the inter-group sale of IP, exceptional items and 

amortisation from acquired intangible assets. 

(4)  Excludes any IFRS 16 lease-related payables.

(5)  The Electra acquisition completed on 22 June 2021.

(6)  Percentage increases stated above are based on rounding to the nearest £’000 as disclosed at detailed level within this report.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 03

STRATEGIC REPORTAt a glance

A global platform 
for growth

We are building a global fintech champion

215+

Employees

275+

Customers in 
30 countries

102%

ARR net 
retention

38%

five-year ARR 
CAGR

10

Offices

UK
 ▪ London 

 ▪ Bristol 

 ▪ Solihull 

 ▪ Southampton 

EMEA
 ▪ Luxembourg 

Americas
 ▪ New York 

 ▪ Florida

Asia Pacific
 ▪ Singapore 

 ▪ Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 

 ▪ Sydney, Australia 

04 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTTechnology solutions for control and 
automation in financial services

Our vision for our customers is that their every action and decision is based on data 
and processes they can trust. 

Our platform
Clareti is our enterprise-grade SaaS platform to connect, 
reconcile and control “any and all” data and processes. 

Our solutions

Reconciliation
Simplify the complexity 
of buy-side and sell-side 
reconciliations and scale 
to growth with end-to-end 
automation, intelligent 
matching, and accelerated 
onboarding.

Regulatory reporting
Deliver accurate, on-
time reports through 
connectivity with multiple 
trading and reporting 
venues, real-time matching, 
and consolidation across 
multiple regulatory regimes.

Connectivity
Dynamically connect to 
trading and regulatory 
venues, clients and 
partners across the 
financial services 
ecosystem through 350+ 
industry connections 
and data transformation 
services in the cloud.

Data aggregation
Access normalised, 
validated data on 
securities, cash positions, 
transactions, and trade fail 
investigations from 1,500+ 
global sources to feed 
reconciliations and other 
post-trade workflows.

Capital 
markets

Banking and 
payments

Investment 
management

Energy and 
commodities

Insurance

Corporates

Our industries

Growth strategy
Our growth strategy is based on five pillars:

Land and expand
By delivering ROI 
every day we believe 
we can increase 
revenues with our 
existing clients as 
they roll out our 
solutions across 
business lines and 
geographies.

International 
We have grown 
organically and 
entered new 
international 
markets over the last 
decade. Through the 
acquisition of Electra 
in June 2021, we 
have a large footprint 
in North America 
which gives us an 
important platform 
for growth.

Cross-sell and 
solutions 
We have a 
continuous 
programme of 
re-investment 
into product 
innovation, providing 
incremental growth 
opportunities and 
ensuring our market 
leadership position is 
maintained.

M&A 
In addition to strong 
organic growth, we 
have made a number 
of successful 
acquisitions and have 
the financial strength 
and trusted partner 
client relationships 
to lead further 
consolidation.

Cross-industry
We have an 
immediate 
addressable market 
of 500 banks globally 
and over 1,000 buy-
side firms. We are 
already regarded 
as an innovative 
partner to many 
of the world’s 
largest financial 
institutions, coupled 
with incremental 
opportunity from 
new industry 
verticals.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 05

STRATEGIC REPORTChair’s statement

Building a valuable business 
in a substantial growing market

Dear shareholder
Overview
I am pleased to report on another period of sustained progress 
for Gresham Technologies. This year has seen the full benefits of 
our M&A and integration programme being realised through the 
transformational acquisition of Electra, while the optimisation of 
our sales team has meant that core product lines have performed 
consistently across a mixture of industries and geographies as 
more global financial institutions invest in Gresham’s expanded 
suit of solutions. The Group’s progression against its strategic 
vision has been a result of strong leadership, market-leading 
solutions and a highly committed and talented global team. 

Throughout the period under review, we have built upon 
the momentum delivered in FY21 and continued to execute 
effectively against our growth strategy. We have secured 12 new 
Clareti customers, including substantial long-term agreements 
with three global Tier 1 financial institutions, and successfully 
executed on our land and expand strategy by winning new 
projects with existing clients, resulting in ARR net retention levels 
in excess of 100%.

Overall, the Group’s performance has been strong with two 
upgrades to forecasts during the year. Revenue for the period 
was significantly up 32% to £48.7m (2021: £37.0m), adjusted 
EBITDA increasing 43% to £10.3m (2021: £7.2m), and operating 
profit increasing by £3m to £3.5m (2021: £0.5m). In a year that 
has seen a number of challenging macroeconomic headwinds 
impacting the wider sector, this is an outstanding achievement 
for the Group.

Based on the overall financial performance and the cash within 
the business, the Board will be recommending a final dividend of 
0.75 pence per share (2021: 0.75 pence) at the forthcoming AGM.

Delivery against our strategic vision
2022 saw strong progress against the major strategic goals 
identified by the Board, including:

 ▪ the full integration of Electra, and the realisation of its impact on 
improving customer stickiness and incrementally increasing ARR;

 ▪ very good revenue visibility across both Clareti and non-Clareti, 

with over £42m of 2023 Group revenues already under 
contract; and

 ▪ increased investment in global sales and marketing teams 

to capitalise on the market opportunity. 

Following another successful year, 
which has seen the Group build 
on the momentum of previous 
periods, I am pleased to say that 
Gresham has finished 2022 as a 
stronger company. Despite the 
challenges that macro headwinds 
have brought to most industries 
and businesses, we have continued 
to deliver against our strategic 
priorities and established a strong 
foundation upon which to achieve 
scalable growth and fully capitalise 
on the opportunities available in 
the market.”

06 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTPeople and culture 
I am delighted to report that we have had another “best 
ever” result from our annual Employee Engagement Survey. 
This continues a six-year trend of improvement in overall 
engagement, with a response rate increase to 72% and an overall 
engagement score of 82% (2021: 78%). 

Gresham’s excellent culture is exemplified by our high staff 
retention rate , something of an anomaly for the sector. As 
a people-oriented business, Gresham goes to great lengths 
to remain competitive as an employer and ensure that it is a 
welcoming and rewarding environment for all of its staff.

I would like to take this opportunity to thank our team across 
the globe for their hard work and dedication throughout the year, 
without whom the successes during the year would not have 
been possible.

ESG
The Board is committed to operating the business in a 
sustainable way, which includes managing our impact on the 
environment, our social responsibilities to our people and those 
within our communities, improving outcomes for our customers, 
and operating as an ethical business through direct and indirect 
practices. Further details of the Group’s ESG strategy can be 
found starting on page 24 to 31. 

During the period, Gresham released a comprehensive statement 
regarding the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”) for financial year 2021. Disclosure for 2022 can be found 
starting on page 27 to 29. 

Outlook
Following another successful year, which has seen the Group 
build on the momentum of previous periods, I am pleased to say 
that Gresham has finished 2022 as a stronger company. Despite 
the challenges that macro headwinds have brought to most 
industries and businesses, we have continued to deliver against 
our strategic priorities and established a strong foundation upon 
which to achieve scalable growth and fully capitalise on the 
opportunities available in the market. 

As we continue to progress, the Group will focus on:

 ▪ optimising our global sales and marketing capabilities 

via strategic investments; 

 ▪ continuing to grow and diversify ARR by leveraging the platform 

we have built; and 

 ▪ remaining cognisant of further M&A opportunities that 
meet Gresham’s financial criteria and enhance existing 
operational capabilities.

The Board remains confident in the year ahead and the 
medium term opportunity for Gresham to address the 
expanded market opportunity in front of us.

Peter Simmonds
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
13 March 2023

I would like to take this opportunity to thank our 
team across the globe for their hard work and 
dedication throughout the year, without whom 
the successes during the year would not have 
been possible.”

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 07

STRATEGIC REPORTBusiness model

Creating value from innovation 
and recurring revenues

Our strengths

Our business

Compelling market opportunity
The financial services industry is being re-imagined through 
digital transformation and regulatory pressures, but firms are 
constrained by their legacy systems. This creates a compelling 
market opportunity for smarter automation and technology 
controls over data and processes. 

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

Disruptive technology
Our Clareti platform is best-in-class, versatile, highly scalable 
and sits at the heart of customer workflows. We have an 
exceptional innovation engine and a proven track record of 
bringing disruptive solutions to market, offering fast time to 
value and low cost of ownership. 

CEO’s statement 
Page 10

People and culture
We have an exceptional pool of talent that incorporates a vital 
blend of skills and experience. Our deep domain expertise 
and dynamic culture ensure we continuously develop and 
deliver effective solutions for our customers, establishing us 
as trusted advisers.

People and culture 
Page 24

08 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Sales and marketing 
Our direct sales team are based in major financial 
centres and focus on our key sectors. Targeted lead 
generation and other marketing initiatives are used 
to originate new clients, be they big global accounts 
or regular mid-sized firms. Account expansion is 
delivered through increased usage, up-sells and cross-
sells. We also generate indirect sales through our 
partner channels.

$

Charging model
We operate a subscription model for software and 
cloud solutions. Subscriptions are typically limited by 
geography, business line, modules and/or volume to 
allow for future account expansion. Fees are generally 
charged annually in advance, although some contracts 
are usage-based with monthly or annual true-ups. 
Managed services are charged on an annually recurring 
basis. One-off professional services are charged on a 
time spent basis.

STRATEGIC REPORTOur business model is to earn high-margin, recurring 
revenues by providing innovative software solutions 
for reconciliations, regulatory reporting, connectivity 
and data aggregation services. 

Creating value

For investors
Our model builds capital value based on high levels of 
recurring revenues and sustained growth. A progressive 
dividend policy has been in place since 2018, providing 
further shareholder returns.

For customers
Our solutions give customers confidence in their data in an 
increasingly complex and regulated environment. Our model 
enables us to continually invest in innovation and maintain 
the value proposition of our solutions.

Customer success
Our customer success team are focused on delivering 
the best possible service and outcomes for our 
customers throughout the entire lifecycle, which 
promotes loyalty, advocacy and account growth. We 
have professional services consultants in all our key 
locations. Our global support and managed services 
teams are available 24/7. 

Operations 
We have a mature and highly effective global business 
platform, which supports our rapid growth and 
entrepreneurial decision-making within an appropriate 
governance framework. Our regional go-to-market 
teams are supported by centralised systems and 
processes for all key operational areas such as finance, 
people & culture, IT, information security, and legal. 

For employees
Our employees have the opportunity to be part of a fast-
paced, entrepreneurial business, where individuals are valued 
and career aspirations can be fulfilled. Corporate success is 
shared through an all-staff share scheme. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 09

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement

A year of strong growth and 
successful execution

Our Clareti technology solutions now provide major banking 
and investment management clients with the tools to connect, 
reconcile and control their data, enabling them to automate 
their post-trade business processes and have confidence in their 
digital operations. In the year, we signed 12 new clients to reach 
more than 275 across 30 countries and successfully added some 
of the world’s largest financial companies. This included one of 
world’s largest asset managers that signed a contract for Control 
and Data Services in the cloud to replace a legacy reconciliation 
product and to streamline its data aggregation processes. The 
US-based firm, consistently ranked in the top five global asset 
managers by AUM, will partner with Gresham to consolidate 
all market-facing reconciliations and data controls for their 
corporate business onto a modern cloud platform with an initial 
order value of $1.9 million. 

We have also won key contracts in Europe and Asia Pacific, 
highlighting the global challenges facing the financial sector, 
the repeatability of our solutions and the increasing maturity 
of our sales efforts. During the period, we also saw wins in the 
payments, energy and digital asset sectors, as well as our core 
capital markets segments.

Clareti ARR grew £4.1m, or 17%, to £28.1m and recurring revenues 
increased by 46%, up £8.6m, to £27.4m, highlighting the 
significant scale-up of the business over the last year. Higher 
gross margins, as well as the growth in revenues, contributed to 
Clareti cash EBITDA of £1.1m and, at Group level, cash EBITDA up 
76% to £4.4m. We finished the year with a strong balance sheet, 
including cash balances of £6.3m after making the first deferred 
consideration payment for Electra.

Market: continuous waves of regulation 
and digital optimisation
A number of key drivers continue to support our growth outlook:

Managing risk and regulation
All businesses need to invest in their core processing systems 
and data platforms to create more intelligent and automated 
solutions that reduce the need for manual interventions and 
the risk of error. Within the financial services sector, this has 
been compounded over the last 15 years by growing regulatory 
pressures and scrutiny. This increases the need for financial 
institutions and banks to have timely and accurate processing, 
coupled with greater transparency and accountability. Our 
software helps companies connect, reconcile and control the 
many disparate sources of transaction, finance, and risk data to 
ensure accurate day to day processing, and to satisfy and report 
on new and existing regulations.

We won key contracts in the US, Europe 
and Asia Pacific in 2022, highlighting the 
global challenges facing the financial sector, 
the repeatability of our solutions, and the 
increasing maturity of our sales efforts. With 
the hard work of our talented global team, 
we have created the foundations for success 
and remain confident in our ambition to 
build a £100m ARR SaaS business.”

Dear shareholder
Overview: step-change in strategic opportunity
2022 has been a very pleasing year, with operational progress 
right across the Group and a step-change in strategic 
opportunity, reflecting all the building blocks we have put in 
place over the last three years. In particular, the successful 
integration of the 2021 Electra acquisition has not only delivered 
initial contract successes but, combined with our established 
Clareti team and roadmap, is opening up far more extensive 
client conversations. The proof points of that progress includes 
the high retention rate of Electra clients, a number of cross-sell 
wins and upgrades in our trading performance through the year; 
resulting in positive Clareti cash EBITDA as operating synergies 
have materialised.

10 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTGiven the size of our client base, this underpins a steady flow 
of up-sell contracts and services opportunities for Gresham. 
New regulation drivers in 2022 included The European Market 
Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) Refit which is designed to 
amend and simplify European markets infrastructure and brings 
with it major changes, including an uplift in the number of 
reportable data items. 

In the US, the Securities and Exchange Commission have 
proposed shortening the standard settlement cycle for most 
broker-dealer securities transactions from two business days 
following the trade date (T+2) to one business day (T+1), with 
implications for how broker-dealers, investment advisers and 
clearing agencies process institutional trades. 

The pressure on public finances globally has also meant there 
is now an even greater focus by government departments 
and regulators on maximising their collection of taxes, with 
implications right across the eco-systems of many financial 
companies. Further regulation and heightened scrutiny increase 
the need for banks and fund managers to review, simplify 
and potentially upgrade their systems. The global market for 
regulatory reporting solutions is expected to reach USD $1.16bn 
by the end of 2026, with a CAGR of 19.5%.

Digital automation and platform modernisation
Aligned with the above, we are part of our clients’ investment 
to digitise their processes, reduce their operating costs 
through automation, and serve their customers better. We are 
part of programmes globally aimed at improving the quality, 
connectivity and exploitation of data to deliver more intelligent 
business outcomes. Of particular note are the ageing legacy 
reconciliation systems implemented on-premise throughout the 
industry during the 1990s and early 2000s, which are expected 
to be replaced by modern, more flexible, often cloud-based 
alternatives, over the coming years.

Underpinning business success
Our software not only enables businesses to survive in the 
modern era, but importantly, to become more competitive 
through access to information and agile decision-making, which 
underpins the launch of new products and innovative customer 
propositions. Given the tightening economy and ever competitive 
nature of financial markets, the operating efficiencies we deliver 
are greatly valued by our clients.

Expanding market
The factors above underpin growth from our existing base and 
traditional markets. However, the overall size of the addressable 
market for Clareti solutions and the competitiveness of our 
offerings are continually expanding, and we are increasingly 
looking for opportunities to diversify further into new markets 
such as retail banking and payments, energy and the control of 
digital asset data processing. At a high level, the risk management 
software market is valued at around $35 billion and is expected 
to grow at a CAGR of 10%+ in the medium-term.

Helping our clients manage macro headwinds
The macro and market backdrop will mean that banks and fund 
management companies are mindful of ensuring value for money 
as they review their IT budgets. Consequently, decision-making 
cycles are likely to increase. However, these large enterprises 
have often patched together legacy solutions or relied on in-
house teams to build and maintain software, with the obvious 
challenges of retaining know-how. The result is often inaccurate, 
incomplete and poor-quality data, frequent breakages, a black-
box of manual workarounds and quick fixes, and platforms that 
struggle in terms of volume and speed as new regulations layer 
on further demand and complexity.

In addition, as companies, CIOs and COOs pause for breath, 
they are under pressure to focus on remaining agile and 
competitive, as well as compliant, and are faced with dealing 
with unexpected challenges such as remote working. In many 
cases we will respond to RFPs to replace legacy systems, and 
in 2022 we won a number of contracts where we replaced older 
competing technology, processes and platforms built in-house 
over time. This all provides opportunity for Gresham and adds 
to our own operational protection even as economies struggle. 
Within banking, there are business and product lines where a 
higher interest rate environment is in fact favourable to financial 
success, and here there will be a desire to reinvest in technology 
along the way.

Operational progress: executing on our strategy
Post the transformative acquisition of Electra, we have been 
focused on integrating the business, processes and people, and 
building a go-to-market platform and optimising our product 
roadmap. This will propel us towards our ambition of creating 
a leading £100m ARR fintech with high margins, strong cash 
generation, and attractive valuation multiples typical of large 
mature enterprise software firms.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

11

STRATEGIC REPORTCEO’s statement continued

Products and solutions: 
optimising our roadmap and branding
During the year we have seen the benefits of re-packaging our 
platform capabilities, including the Electra assets, into three 
Clareti product lines: Control, Data, and Connect; each with its 
own roadmap to encourage agility and innovation. Our products 
can be combined to quickly deliver complete digital solutions 
for customers into environments where generic solutions are 
inadequate. They are available on a subscription basis in the 
customers’ data centres, or on a software-as-a-service basis in a 
Gresham-hosted cloud. Optional subscriptions for the collection 
and aggregation of external data and/or the provision of managed 
services are also available as routes to ARR up-sell. 

Control
Clareti Control, our flagship offering, is an “out-of-the-box” 
enterprise-grade business self-service platform for the 
reconciliation, exception management and control of “any and 
all” transaction data in financial markets. Clareti Control is now 
well established in the market for “non-core” data problems 
such as inter-systems reconciliations, with dozens of successful 
implementations. Over the last few years we have invested 
heavily into developing functionality for the “core” cash and 
securities reconciliations market, which legacy vendors have 
dominated for nearly three decades. We have now completed 
large-scale legacy vendor product migrations in the US, Asia and 
Europe; delivering exceptional improvements in match rates, 
operating efficiencies, and total cost of ownership. A high-
performance upgrade loading and matching technology went 
live at several customers, providing a path to solving the next 
generation of problems as financial markets move to ever tighter 
processing cycles. 

Whilst many of our earlier customers chose to deploy Control 
on-premise, our Clareti-as-a-Service cloud offering is gaining 
traction in the market, and during the year we processed over 
4.4 billion records in the cloud on behalf of our customers. We 
continue to invest in cloud-native architecture, thin-client user 
interfaces, and self-service functionality. 

Data and Connect
Our Data and Connect solutions allow customers to participate 
in the complex inter-connected global financial system without 
needing to be concerned with third party data access, integration 
risk, cost, and time to market. 

Our Data solution provides a cloud data collection and 
aggregation service for investment managers and fund 
administrators. On average, a US medium-sized buy-side firm 
uses 59 data feeds, and we collect over 2,500 sources of data 
across our cloud, highlighting the complexity for the client and 
the breadth of our solution. Last year, our Data service processed 
over 14.5 billion records from our secure data centres and 
operated with exceptionally high levels of service and support. 
We now retrieve, process and deliver data to over 275 investment 
managers. Our goal is to become the leading independent 
provider of bank and custodian account data to the investment 
management industry. We are investing to streamline the tooling 
that underpins the Data service which will enable us to further 
improve margins as we scale. 

Our Connect solutions enable customers to interact with 
their bank partners for payments and statements, support 
straight through processing to trading venues, connectivity to 
regulatory reporting venues, and interoperability with other 
industry applications. Connect provides not only connectivity 
but intelligent control over highly complex real-time data flows. 
During 2022 we went live with several customers on our latest 
cloud native platform and will progressively migrate our installed 
base across to the new technology. 

Digital Banking
Over the last few years, we have reported regularly on the 
progress of our strategic innovation partnership with ANZ. I am 
pleased to confirm that the first product deliverable from the 
partnership, a cloud-native bank account platform, successfully 
progressed into first production use at the end of the year. 
ANZ continues to fund the product development work via a 
chargeable Innovation Service, and an exciting roadmap for 
future funded releases has been jointly mapped out. We intend 
to promote this solution in the global market in 2023 under a 
new product brand. Launch plans are prepared and we look 
forward to sharing further details in due course. 

New contract wins
In addition to our Control and Data contract win with the top 
five global asset manager and the Connect win with Tier 1 bank 
announced in December 2022, we have had other notable new 
customer wins in the year. This included one of Europe’s largest 
privately held banking and financial services firms that signed 
a contract for Clareti Control to replace legacy vendor products 
across its global asset management business, consolidating all 
reconciliations and data controls onto a single modern cloud 
platform. The initial contract has a minimum five-year term 
with total committed subscription fees in excess of £1m. In Asia, 
we signed one of Singapore’s newest digital banks, and there 
were multiple new names in Europe, several of which are public 
references available on our website. 

Customer success:  
expanding within current clients
In May we were pleased to announce one of our largest ever 
contracts, a significant subscription agreement for Clareti 
software with an existing customer, one of the world’s largest 
commercial and retail banks, for £6.3m (over five years). This 
followed an initial contract for the first deployment of Clareti 
Control within its UK operations in June 2020. As a result of the 
success of the initial project, the bank has chosen to adopt our 
technology as its single enterprise control platform across the 
entire UK business including retail accounts, cards, payments, 
and commercial banking. The platform will be used to deploy 
a range of new controls, as well as replace existing manual 
processes and legacy vendor solutions.

In December, we announced an initial $1.3m enterprise 
agreement with one of world’s largest banks, to extend the 
use of Connect across their entire post-trade prime brokerage 
business. The solution will replace legacy FIX processing 
infrastructure to streamline market connectivity and client 
onboarding. The contract has a five-year committed term, with 
minimum incremental subscription fees and additional recurring 
usage-based fees. This award was particularly pleasing as we 
have been working directly with this client since our acquisition 
of Inforalgo in July 2020. 

12

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTThe two Tier 1 bank early adopters of our Control for Cash and 
Securities product are now live at scale and realising the benefits 
of replacing legacy systems. One of these implementations has 
delivered a 35% improvement in automated match rates, giving 
the client a substantial economic benefit in terms of headcount. 

We continue to maintain and grow our relationship with long-
standing client, ANZ Bank. In September, we signed contracts 
totalling over AUD $19m to cover the period until September 
2023. This contributed to account growth of approximately 15%, 
with uplifts in both the Clareti and non-Clareti businesses from 
recurring software, recurring managed services, consulting and 
contracting services. 

During the year, our professional service teams supported 64 
new go-lives with customers and were engaged in over 150 active 
projects. We now have reference clients in all of our targeted 
industry segments and key geographies across the breadth of 
our solution portfolio. 

People
Gresham’s commitment to its people is at the centre of what we 
do. We continue to invest in both our team and our community 
to ensure we remain both an attractive and enjoyable 
work environment for current and future employees. These 
investments have focused on optimising operational efficiencies 
post-Electra through upskilling and consolidating, while providing 
all of the resources required to support our people in their work 
through collaboration tooling, on-line training, internal events, 
leadership, and mental health accreditations. 

A stand-out in the year has been our success in hiring and 
building out our sales and marketing team. We now have a strong 
team in place across Europe, US and Asia; and, given the global 
breadth of our client wins over the last year, we believe this 
leaves us very well placed to expand within our current client 
base as well as win new ones.

These investments in our people have been a success and I am 
pleased to report a sixth consecutive record result from our 
annual employee engagement survey. It was hugely pleasing to 
see the total response rate increase to 72%, while our overall 
engagement score increased to 82%. We are particularly pleased 
to report that our newly added questions on diversity and 
inclusion scored very well and validate our efforts in that area.

Brand and vision
In the decade since commencing the Clareti business, Gresham 
has been transformed into a respected provider of data and 
process control solutions to global financial markets. Our 
programme of acquisitions has further strengthened our market 
presence and extended our product portfolio and customer 
base. Our vision is for Gresham to become a world-leading 
provider of cloud-based post-trade solutions aligned with 
our mission of making business flow and reducing friction in 
financial markets. 

Acquisitions
Over the last few years we have successfully made three 
small bolt-on acquisitions, C24, B2, and Inforalgo; each with 
c.£1m ARR when acquired. We have now fully integrated the 
transformational acquisition of Electra, which we made in 2021, 
contributing over £9m of ARR. All four acquisitions have been 
financially and strategically accretive and the average 3x ARR 
we have paid for these businesses highlights our discipline, 
track record and return for shareholders. We continue to look at 
acquisitions that are in-line with our strategic vision. However, we 
will remain focused on how we allocate capital and be selective 
in making further acquisitions. 

Current trading and outlook: robust 
foundations and positioned to grow
Our success reflects our research, planning and focus on 
delivering value to our clients. The team’s years of hard-
work, together with significant investments in people and 
infrastructure, have put in place the building blocks of a 
diversified and scalable fintech platform with a market-leading 
product portfolio, highly invested cloud architecture, established 
blue-chip global customer base, and an ambitious, proven 
management team. 

We have started 2023 well, and while macro challenges 
persist, we have highlighted that the pressure for efficiency and 
competitiveness means our clients and target clients have a 
need to engage with us in tougher times as well as good ones. 
We have a business today which has a good balance between 
Europe and the US, and a growing presence in Asia, with a core 
addressable market greater than c.$500m and opportunity to 
expand further across the wider financial services sector. 

We entered 2023 with very good visibility across both Clareti 
and non-Clareti, with over £42m of Group revenues already 
under contract and confidence in our growth outlook. We have 
a good pipeline of new clients in our core markets, and we lso 
have demand in the insurance, energy, government and other 
sectors which we continuously look at how best to service. 
With the difficult economic backdrop, we continue to carefully 
manage product and people investments and ensure that, as the 
operating leverage of our model becomes increasingly evident, 
we can deliver sustained profit and cash growth over the next 
few years.

With the support of shareholders in building our platform, and 
the hard work of our talented global team, we have created the 
foundations for success and remain confident in our ambition 
to build a £100m ARR SaaS business with best-in-class 
performance metrics expected of a valuable global financial 
technology company of substantial scale.

Ian Manocha
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
13 March 2023

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

13

STRATEGIC REPORTInnovation

Differentiated digital products  
for a complex data landscape

Growth – investing in our platform

Natural Language  
Processing

Real-time

Data Quality

t
c
e
n
n
o
C

Clareti 
platform

C
o
n
t
r
o
l

Digital 
Assets

Extreme 
Scalability

Data Connectivity

Architecture

Business Innovation

 ▪ Bringing together all acquired 

 ▪ Investments to ensure 

 ▪ Build further on industry 

and built connectivity assets as 
cloud services

 ▪ Full suite of ISO 20022 

transformations now available

 ▪ Enhanced dashboards and 

monitoring 

 ▪ Natural language processing to 
enable customer to define rules 
and self on-board

platform components are 
easy to reuse and maintain, 
highly performant, portable, 
fully open and the power of 
the platform is accessible to 
a next generation of SaaS 2.0 
automation solutions

leading “market-facing” (cash 
and securities) functionality

 ▪ More self-service functionality 
to enable business to deploy 
solutions and manage change 
with reduced IT intervention

 ▪ More web UIs for inter-systems 

and regulatory use cases 
and investment management 
solutions

 ▪ Richer NAV and intra day 

capabilities for investment 
managers

14 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTRecent product innovation

Natural 
Language  
Processing

Digital 
Assets

Real-time

Extreme 
Scalability

Data 
Quality

 ▪ Joint 

 ▪ Development 

 ▪ Control of 

 ▪ Proven at Top 5 

 ▪ Joint 

development 
with Top 10 global 
investment bank

 ▪ Enabling business 
users to insert 
intelligence into 
how real-time 
trading flows 
are processed

with leading US 
self-directed 
savings provider

payment flows 
as industry moves 
to real-time

 ▪ Collection of 

 ▪ Live with multiple 

clients

digital asset data 
from wallets/
exchanges

 ▪ Matching and 
reconciliation 
to ensure no 
mistakes

global investment 
bank

 ▪ Applying big data 
technologies to 
load and match at 
massive scale in 
the cloud

 ▪ Enabler to solve 
next generation 
problems such 
as T+1

development 
with Tier 1 global 
investment bank

 ▪ Visualisation and 
categorisation 
and control of 
regulatory data 
failings in high 
volume scenarios 
(e.g. CAT)

 ▪ Move from fail 

to fix

Clareti ARR

£28.1m +17%

2022 

2021 

2020 

2019 

12.3

9.5

28.1

24.0

Customers by product

 Data services  21%
 Digital Banking  5%
59%
 Control 
15%
 Connect 

2121+

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

15

STRATEGIC REPORT+
5
5
+
+
59
59
+
+
15
15
+
+
P
P
Strategy

Our route to long-term success

Our strategic plan 
is designed to drive 
profitable growth  
and create long-term 
shareholder value.

1

Build a high-margin, 
recurring revenue 
stream based on 
Clareti software and 
cloud services.

2

Create a valuable 
financial technology 
business through 
Clareti-led growth 
and complementary 
acquisitions.

Key achievements in 2022
We increased Clareti ARR by 17% 
(see KPIs, page 20). Clareti ARR now 
represents 89% of Group ARR (2021: 
85%), and 57% of our Clareti ARR is 
generated from our cloud solutions 
(2021: 57%).

Key achievements in 2022
We have integrated Electra into 
the Group and secured strong 
customer and talent retention rates. 
We have delivered Clareti revenue 
and profitability growth, with Clareti 
becoming cash positive for the first 
time, thereby increasing the value of 
the Group.

Key priorities for 2023
We will continue to invest in sales 
and marketing capacity generally. 
We will look for opportunities to 
move into new geographies and to 
strengthen our team. We will increase 
our focus on managed services, 
account expansion and renewals. 

Key priorities for 2023
We will aim to achieve additional 
revenue, cost and operational 
synergies from our acquisitions 
to enhance Clareti revenue and 
profit. We will continue to explore 
appropriate acquisition opportunities. 

16 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT3

Establish Clareti as 
the enterprise data 
integrity platform 
“category leader”.

4

Focus our product 
investment on 
innovative Clareti 
solutions for our 
chosen markets.

5

Retain strategic 
non-Clareti 
revenues to support 
Clareti-led growth.

Key achievements in 2022
We delivered global, industry-specific 
and geography-specific strategic 
marketing programmes to promote 
our brand and support revenue 
growth. Key components of our plans 
included the voice of the customer, 
adding customer-attributed quotes, 
as well as digital enablement and 
thought leadership initiatives.

Key achievements in 2022
We proved our market-facing product 
investments by completing multiple 
migration projects from our main 
competitor’s solutions. We delivered 
an extreme volume release of Control 
to process billions of transactions 
on commodity hardware, and also 
delivered feature rich APIs for direct 
integration with the Clareti platform.

Key achievements in 2022
Our non-Clareti business has 
operated strongly, and its contribution 
has supported Clareti investments. 
The contracting services business 
in Australia performed strongly 
once again. We made the decision 
to discontinue our legacy EDT line 
of business. 

Key priorities for 2023
Our marketing priorities in 2023 are 
geared towards brand amplification, 
market research, industry analyst, 
journalist and social media 
engagement across a host of digital 
and online channels. These priorities 
will co-exist alongside a beat-rate of 
demand generation programmes. 

Key priorities for 2023
We will release thin client 
user interfaces and further API 
enhancements to increase product 
appeal and integration. We will 
demonstrate new, intelligent 
automation capabilities that increase 
customer ROI from our products. 
We will continue to expand our 
capabilities across all products.

Key priorities for 2023
We will continue to operate the 
non-Clareti business as effectively 
and profitably as possible, whilst 
avoiding risk and minimising 
operational complexity. We will keep 
legacy products under review and 
consider changes or discontinuations 
where appropriate.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

17

STRATEGIC REPORTStrategy in action

Putting stakeholders in control of their 
data, operations and growth

C ON T ROL

CONNECT

A single source for end-to-end 
automation, validation and 
reconciliation of data, controls, 
workflows and reporting. 

Fully managed intelligent 
connectivity, data migration 
and integration with trading 
partners, banks, clients, 
regulators and other 
venues across the financial 
services ecosystem. 

Gresham’s Control solution is already 
improving our control mechanisms while 
simultaneously allowing us to innovate 
and scale. This particular model was 
exactly suited to meet the challenges we’re 
facing today, and Gresham’s best-in-class 
technology stack is aligned with several of 
our future objectives. We’re looking forward 
to expanding our relationship to leverage 
additional solutions and services, which are 
essential to our business growth targets.”

We were struggling with in-house 
development resources, with even fewer 
understanding the differing types of Post 
Trade feeds across trading systems that 
our primary dealer business needed. Our 
main aim was to be up and running quickly 
so time-to-market was important, but as 
with any business scaling up, controlling 
operational connectivity and integration 
costs was also a factor – Connect allowed 
us to do just that and we couldn’t be happier!”

Morten Juhl Lilleøre
HEAD OF OPERATIONS
BANKING CIRCLE

50%

Typical reduction in 
exception handling by 
firms using Control

97%

Reduction in time to 
onboard new controls

HEAD OF MIDDLE OFFICE
PRIMARY DEALER

42

Countries using Connect 
and Control at one 
multi-national corporation

350+

Adapters and 
transformations, 
for out-of-the-box 
connectivity

18 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTDATA  SERVICES

MAN AGED   SERVICES

A fully outsourced service 
that aggregates, normalises 
and delivers accurate, 
reliable data on securities, 
cash positions, transactions 
and investigations. 

Flexible and scalable cloud 
deployment, operations 
and technical services 
supporting crucial parts 
of firms’ connectivity, 
regulatory reporting and 
reconciliation workflows. 

Gresham’s Data Services saves an 
immeasurable amount of time each day 
in collecting data, checking and chasing 
down feeds, managing and adding 
subscriptions, and normalising and 
delivering the data to our reconciliation 
workflows, portfolio accounting systems, 
and wherever we need to drive back-
office efficiencies.”

As our business underwent a period of 
significant growth, we found that the 
increased volume and complexity of data 
and reconciliations was putting more 
stress on our operations team, which 
would have required adding headcount. 
Thanks to Gresham’s Managed Services, 
we are predicting another 50% reduction 
in reconciliation time, down to 15 hours per 
week. This is due to Gresham finding more 
ways to improve our process as we expand.”

HEAD OF OPERATIONS
LARGE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT FIRM

Julianna Jones
OPERATIONS MANAGER
WCM INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

Global data sources 

1600+
4,800 

Unique data feeds

1bn

Average number of 
records acquired 
each month on behalf 
of our customers

£20tn

In assets moved daily by 
our solutions

£3m

In yearly savings 
delivered for a tier one 
investment bank

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

19

STRATEGIC REPORTKey performance indicators

Measuring our progress

Financial KPIs
The following key performance indicators (“KPIs”) have been selected as the most appropriate 
financial measures of strategy execution for the Group. Performance of these KPIs has been 
discussed within the Chair’s Statement, CEO’s Statement and Financial Review.

Notes

(1)  All KPI data excludes discontinued operations, except for profit before tax which includes discontinued operations and exceptional items.

(2)   Values stated for 2021 include the impact of the acquisition of Electra. 

(3)  The adjustments to earnings per share and EBITDA have been provided in order to present the underlying performance of the business on a comparable basis 

(see note 5).

Group revenue

£48.7m +32%

20221,2 

2021 

2020 

2019 

Links to strategy
1   2   5

24.8

25.0

48.7

37.0

Clareti revenue

£35.5m +39%

20221,2 

2021 

2020 

2019 

15.5

15.5

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

35.5

25.5

Description
Total revenue generated and recognised in the year from all 
operations, including Clareti Solutions and Other Solutions. 

Description
Total revenue generated and recognised in the year from 
Clareti Solutions. 

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s overall performance at revenue level, which is 
an indicator of the Group’s overall size and complexity.

Why is it a KPI?
Measures the Group’s success in winning and retaining Clareti 
revenues, which is an indicator of the Group’s progress in its 
Clareti-led strategy. 

Clareti ARR

£28.1m +17%

2022 

20211,2 

2020 

2019 

12.3

9.5

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

28.1

24.0

Description
Aggregate value of all recurring revenues from Clareti Solutions that 
are either fully or partially contracted for the next twelve months 
and/or are highly expected to renew in the next twelve months. The 
value stated is as at 31 December 2022. 

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a forward-looking view of the minimum expected Clareti 
revenues in the next twelve months, which gives confidence to 
business planning and investment decisions. 

20 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

£10.3m +43%

20221,2 

2021 

2020 

2019 

4.5

4.1

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

10.3

7.2

Description
Group earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, 
adjusted for share-based payment charges and exceptional items. 

Why is it a KPI?
Key measure of the Group’s effectiveness in converting revenue to 
earnings, excluding the effects of certain non-operational and/or 
exceptional transactions.

STRATEGIC REPORTCash adjusted EBITDA3 

£4.4m +76%

2022

2021(1),(2)  

2020

2019

0.3

0.3

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

4.4

2.5

Description
Adjusted EBITDA less capitalised development spend and any 
IFRS 16 lease-related cash payments.

Why is it a KPI?
A reflection of cash generation in the year, reflecting the Group’s 
effectiveness in converting revenue to cash generation. 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share(3)

7.54p +50%

7.54

5.02

3.96

2022 

20211,2 

2020 

2019 

1.99

Links to strategy
1   2   4   5

Description
Earnings per individual share, taking into account changes in capital 
structure and issued equity on a fully diluted basis, adjusted for 
share-based payment charges, deferred tax charge on inter-group 
sale of IP, exceptional items and amortisation from acquired 
intangible assets. 

Why is it a KPI?
Measure of Group profitability that identifies performance on a per 
share metric and enables comparisons against other companies. 

Net cash

£6.3m (31)%

2022 

20211,2 

2020 

2019 

Links to strategy
1   2   5

6.3

9.1

8.9

9.6

Description
Aggregate net cash balance as at 31 December 2022 including bank 
deposits after operational, investing and financing activities during 
the financial year. 

Why is it a KPI?
Provides a measure of the Group’s financial strength and self-
sufficiency to support operations, make investments and withstand 
unexpected headwinds. 

Non-financial KPIs
The following KPIs have been selected as the most 
appropriate non-financial measures of strategy execution 
for the Group. Performance of these KPIs has been 
discussed within the Chair’s Statement, CEO’s Statement 
and Financial Review. The Group tracks a number of other 
non-financial performance indicators operationally that are 
not considered to be individually relevant as measures of 
overall strategy execution success. This is reviewed annually.

Number of Clareti customers

275+ (2021: 270+)

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

Description
Total number of Clareti customers as at 31 December 2022. 

Why is it a KPI?
Growing the customer base provides additional revenue as well 
as opportunities for future expansion. 

Clareti ARR net retention rate

102% (2021: 106%)

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4  

Description
The rate of Clareti ARR growth in the previous twelve months 
based exclusively on contracts in place at the start of the 
twelve-month period. Includes annualised and apportioned 
rate from Electra since acquisition. 

Why is it a KPI?
This measure provides the Clareti ARR growth rate of a specific 
customer cohort from start to end of the year, which enables 
the Group to analyse and address causes of Clareti ARR 
attrition and forecast more reliably. 

People engagement score

82% (2021: 78%)

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4   5

Description
The overall score derived from the Group’s annual employee 
engagement survey.

Why is it a KPI?
A highly engaged workforce tends to be more productive, 
so this measure provides an assessment of the overall 
engagement. The detailed survey results enable the Group 
to take targeted action as appropriate. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

21

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Stakeholder engagement

Our stakeholders

Section 172(1) statement
Section 172(1) of the Companies Act 2006 provides that a 
director of a company must act in the way he/she considers, in 
good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the 
company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing 
so have regard (amongst other matters) to:

(a)  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

(b)  the interests of the company’s employees;

(c)  t he need to foster the company’s business relationships with 

suppliers, customers and others;

(d)   the impact of the company’s operations on the community 

and the environment;

(e)   the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for 

high standards of business conduct; and

(f)  the need to act fairly as between members of the company.

This section describes how the Directors have had regard to 
the matters set out in section 172(1) (a)-(f) of the Companies Act 
2006, and forms the Directors’ statement required under section 
414CZA of that Act. In making this statement, the Directors have 
focused on matters of strategic importance to the Group, having 
regard to the size and complexity of its business.

22 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Investors

Why engagement is important
To communicate our long-term strategic 
objectives effectively and promote  
long-term holdings.

To secure investor support for our 
strategic objectives and ensure access to 
capital to deliver on our execution plans.

How management and/or  
Directors engage
AGM, analyst presentations, investor 
presentations, and, periodically, a capital 
markets day.

Individual investor meetings with the 
CEO, CFO, Chair and/or Committee Chairs. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We organised a capital markets day for 
existing investors, prospective investors 
and analysts. 

We enhanced our investor 
communications and messaging through 
our website and corporate materials. 

We conducted shareholder consultations 
on remuneration matters.

For further information, see Statement 
of Corporate Governance, page 46

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Workforce

Customers

Suppliers

Why engagement is important
To ensure that we operate our business 
effectively and without disruption.

To act fairly and responsibly with respect 
to our suppliers. 

To adhere to our contractual obligations 
to suppliers.

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Key supplier relationships are managed 
by the relevant members of the 
management team. 

We participate in supplier reviews 
when requested. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We introduced a supplier approval 
process to manage financial, legal 
and security risks; enabling us to 
engage and onboard new suppliers 
in a consistent, efficient, and 
transparent manner. 

Why engagement is important
To retain talent and maintain high 
productivity rates. 

To promote our culture, purpose and 
values, foster a healthy working environment 
for our workforce, support their wellbeing 
and be a responsible business. 

To maintain competitive advantage and 
deliver market-leading solutions to 
our customers. 

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Transparent workforce engagement 
surveys, performance reviews, 
objective setting and formal policies 
and procedures. Engagement survey 
results are presented to the Board, with 
agreed action plans to address any areas 
of concern.

Regular “all-hands” meetings and visits to 
UK and overseas offices. 

Supporting initiatives such as mental 
health awareness days, charity 
fundraisers and social events. 

Strategic decisions in the year
Following positive feedback from our 
workforce on the Group’s approach 
to working in the post-pandemic 
era, we introduced a formal hybrid 
working policy. 

Following the lifting of COVID-19 
restrictions, we held employee events 
in the UK and in the US to collaborate, 
connect and celebrate with each other. 

We developed an ESG strategy and 
formed an ESG Champions Network to 
promote ESG-related topics; which are 
heavily influenced by our people rather 
than management.

Why engagement is important
To ensure we meet or exceed our 
customers’ requirements and maintain 
competitive advantages.

To build a highly referenceable customer 
base with low attrition rates. 

To identify and assess new market 
opportunities and collaborate with 
customers on high-value projects.

To promote brand loyalty and 
identify sales opportunities for other 
Gresham solutions.

How management and/or  
Directors engage
Quarterly customer success meetings, 
involving management representatives. 

Executive sponsorship programme for 
key accounts. 

Chairing industry roundtables and 
customer forums to communicate 
and consult on product development 
priorities and new features to address 
emerging market requirements.

Customer satisfaction surveys on 
support incidents. 

Strategic decisions in the year
We made technology decisions and 
product investments to facilitate 
the integration of Electra and prior 
acquisitions and enhance our value 
proposition for customers. 

We made significant investments 
in cyber security to secure ISO 27001 
security certification. 

We developed and ESG strategy 
and strengthened our compliance 
processes to satisfy customer due 
diligence requirements.

For further information, see People and 
Culture, page 24 and ESG, page 24

For further information, see CEO’s 
statement, page 10 and ESG, page 24

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

23

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Environmental, social and governance

Scaling up responsibly

As we continue to grow and globalise, we remain committed to our ESG strategy 
of “scaling up responsibly”. Built across the following three interwoven pillars, our 
strategy is underpinned by good culture and brilliant governance as the existing 
foundations for our success. 

Our Customers
Leveraging our growth 
to improve sustainable 
customer outcomes.

Our World
Managing our 
impact on the 
environment 
and being a 
force for good in 
our world.

Our People
Fostering positive, 
inclusive and 
productive 
communities in 
our business and  
our industry.

Underpinned by our drivers

Brilliant culture

Great governance

ESG Champions Network 

In 2022, we introduced a Group-wide ESG 
Champions Network (the “Network”), designed 
to support the implementation of the Group’s 
ESG strategy. The vision for the Network is: to 
represent all business functions and geographies 
passionate about ESG; to seek out and activate 
opportunities for accelerating positive impact for 
our people, our customers and our world; and to 
champion ESG initiatives across the Group. 

24 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

People and culture
Our aim is to be a highly valued, engaging and responsible 
employer across the Group, where our people uphold our core 
values and are encouraged to excel. We challenge ourselves to 
be an inclusive and collaborative place to be successful. 

We know that our people are key to our collective expertise 
and growth plans. Our business model is to attract, retain and 
develop talented individuals to help us deliver our long-term 
objective of becoming one of the world’s leading providers of 
enterprise financial technology solutions. We seek to foster a 
culture of innovation and empowerment where talent, enterprise 
and collaboration are recognised and rewarded.

Attracting, retaining and developing our talent
We implement Group-wide strategies designed to attract, retain 
and develop our people that reflect the local geographic and 
industry economic climate. These strategies include competitive 
terms and conditions, a defined contribution pension scheme, 
consideration of family and personal needs, training and career 
development coaching, and a wide range of other flexible 
benefits designed to reflect the Group’s culture and values. 
Our performance-related pay structures include an Annual 
Bonus Scheme, which is linked to personal objectives and 
wider team and Group objectives. The Annual Bonus Scheme 
is complemented by our employee share scheme, which is 
designed to align employee incentives with shareholder interests 
through the award of shares. 

Our hiring model is based on creating agile, highly motivated and 
collaborative international teams. Our strength comes from 
collaboration between seasoned professionals with deep client 
industry experience and some of the brightest technology talent 
on the market. We also “hire for attitude”, placing great importance 
on our values, effective team working and customer success.

We operate our own bespoke leadership development 
programme, which is designed to equip our people leaders with 
the fundamental tools, techniques and resources to coach and 
mentor their teams to deliver a winning performance. Alongside 
this we support personal and professional growth, encouraging 
our people to develop their technical competency as well as 
interpersonal skills and those related to our values-based 
behaviours. We encourage our people to spend 5% of their time 
on professional development.

Engaging with our people
We have an “always on” approach to employee engagement 
and communications, including regular meetings within 
individual teams throughout the Group, regular Group-wide 
communications and confidential feedback mechanisms and 
engagement surveys. Performance appraisals happen formally 
at the end of each year, but we encourage ongoing dialogue and 
continuous performance management coaching conversations 
throughout the year to ensure that our people are getting support 
and feedback in order to be successful in their roles and to 
continue growing at Gresham.

STRATEGIC REPORTOur core values

We Embrace Difference
We value different backgrounds, experience, 
expertise and ways of thinking. We encourage 
curiosity and respect every individual, 
recognising that everyone has the potential to 
bring something extraordinary to the table. We 
each apply our unique talents with passion and 
integrity and we are all committed to making 
Gresham an exceptional place to work.

We Create Together
Working together with our colleagues, customers 
and partners, we create energy and a dynamic 
approach to challenge the norm and find 
innovative ways to solve problems. Through 
open discussion and feedback, healthy debate 
and continuous learning, we combine the virtues 
of experience and fresh thinking. We operate 
at pace, taking the lead where appropriate, 
ensuring that we work together to seamlessly 
deliver outstanding products and services.

We Champion Success
We are passionate about delivering successful 
outcomes for our customers, employees, 
partners and shareholders, as well as our 
industry and our community. Our nimble 
approach means that we can adapt to our 
customers’ individual ways of working, taking 
ownership for delivering the wow factor, 
delighting customers and enabling our business 
and our people to grow and flourish.

Trust is vital in order to support and promote the exceptional 
levels of employee engagement we enjoy and helps to ensure 
that the working environment balances wellbeing, provides 
motivating opportunities for growth and operates with compassion.

Early careers programme
Our early career entry programme is one of the ways that we 
attract promising new colleagues to the business. Our graduate 
and apprenticeship paths within our professional services, 
development and IT teams have been running successfully for 
several years. 

Equality, diversity and inclusion
Gresham is an equal opportunity employer. We celebrate 
diversity and are committed to creating an inclusive environment 
for all employees. We are committed to ensuring that our 
workplaces are free from unlawful or unfair discrimination in 
accordance with applicable legislation and our values. We are 
determined to ensure that no applicant or employee receives 
less favourable treatment on the grounds of gender, age, 
disability, religion, belief, sexual orientation, marital status, or 
race, or is disadvantaged by conditions or requirements which 
cannot be shown to be justifiable. We publish a statement 
on equality, diversity and inclusion which can be found at 
www.greshamtech.com/edi. 

Gender analysis

Executive Directors
Senior managers
Staff

Total

Non-Executive 
Directors

2022
Female

2021
Female

—
2
51

53

—
2
42

44

2022
Male

2
6
155

163

2021
Male

2
6
156

164

2022
Total

2
8
206

216

2021
Total

2
8
198

208

2 

2

2

2 

4

4 

Community
As a company that uses the power of technology to improve 
the way organisations operate, we are committed to supporting, 
developing and helping to educate the future workforce about 
this sector. We are proud to be Business Class members of 
and advisers to The Prince’s Responsible Business Network, 
through our partnership with Business in the Community (“BITC”). 
BITC’s vision is to make the UK the world leader at responsible 
business, through inspiring, engaging and challenging businesses 
to tackle some of global society’s biggest issues. 

Charity
We believe we have an important role to play in supporting the 
work of charities, both corporately and individually. We encourage 
our people to support charitable causes and, as a company, 
we often provide assistance (such as guidance and insights) 
or resources (such as surplus IT equipment) to charities. 

Ethical business practices
We are committed to corporate sustainability and to a principled 
approach of doing business. We recognise that we have a duty 
to manage our business affairs and operations in a sustainable 
and responsible manner, and we expect the highest standards of 
ethical conduct from our people and the organisations we work 
with. We have a zero-tolerance approach to unethical activities 
such as corruption and bribery, as well as on issues affecting 
fundamental human rights. Our annual statement on modern 
slavery can be found at www.greshamtech.com/modern-slavery.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

25

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironment, social and governance continued

Environment
Policy statement
Gresham is committed to corporate sustainability and to a principled approach of doing business. We recognise that we have a duty 
to manage our business affairs and operations in a sustainable and responsible manner. This includes minimising the impact of our 
activities on the environment and supporting environmental initiatives relevant to our industry. Our environmental policy sets out our 
responsibilities and actions that support our environmental strategy. 

We strongly believe that urgent action is needed to combat climate change and we support the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures (“TCFD”) and the wider movement on climate change. Our TCFD statement is available in this report, starting on page 
27 to 29. 

Carbon emissions 
Gresham’s mandatory reporting of greenhouse gas emissions is pursuant to the Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report) Regulations 2013 (the “Regulations”). Gresham’s greenhouse gas reporting year is the year ended 31 December 2022, to align 
with our fiscal year and financial reporting year.

Gresham reports emissions data using an operational control approach to define organisational boundary, which meets the definitional 
requirements of the Regulations in respect of those emissions for which it is responsible. Gresham has reported on all material 
emission sources which it deems itself to be responsible for. These sources align with Gresham’s operational control and financial 
control boundaries. Gresham does not have responsibility for any emission sources that are beyond the boundary of Gresham’s 
operational control. 

The methodology used to calculate Gresham’s emissions is based on the “Environmental Reporting Guidelines, including mandatory 
greenhouse gas emissions reporting guidance” (June 2013) and “The Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited Liability Partnerships 
(Energy and Carbon Report) Regulations 2018” issued by the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (“Defra”). Gresham 
has also utilised Defra’s 2016 conversion factors within the reporting methodology.

Our UK and Group global greenhouse gas emissions disclosure for the year ended 31 December 2022 is made below.

UK

Group

Metric

Unit

2020 

2021 

2022

2020 

2021 

2022  Global % YoY change

Absolute Scope 1 & 2 emissions

Absolute Scope 3 emissions

Emissions intensity

tCO2e

tCO2e

tCO2e per 
£1,000,000 
revenue

24

19

17

37

40

39

20-21: 8% 
21-22: -3%

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

2.3

1.8

1.4

1.5

1.1

0.8

Energy consumption

kWh

104,000

88,000

90,000

158,000

186,000

200,000

20-21: -27% 
21-22: -27%

20-21: 18% 
21-22: 7%

Emissions data has been reported for Gresham’s operations in the UK, USA, Luxembourg and Australia. locations in Malaysia and 
Singapore are not considered material to the scope of this reporting. 

In order to express Gresham’s annual emissions in relation to a quantifiable factor associated with the Group’s activities, the Directors 
have used revenue as Gresham’s intensity ratio as this is the most relevant indication of its growth and provides for the best 
comparative measure over time.

26 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
We recognise that changes to the climate present extensive risks and opportunities and that the TCFD recommendations represent 
a valuable and effective method of bringing about the systemic and permanent changes to business processes, practices and 
operations that are needed to accelerate the pace of change and protect our world.

During 2021 and 2022, we have worked to integrate the recommendations of the TCFD into our business in order to better understand 
and address the potential impacts on our business. Consideration of climate change and the TCFD formed part of the wider review of 
our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) responsibilities undertaken in 2021, and in setting the direction of our new three-
pillar ESG approach. Climate and climate-related risk are key considerations under the “Our World” pillar of the strategy.

In reporting our progress last year on integrating the TCFD recommendations into our business, we also outlined our climate change 
programme roadmap including further integration of the TCFD recommendations over a 2-3 year timeline. Over the course of the last 
six months, we have further identified and assessed the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on our business. In this 
disclosure, we report the findings from this exercise in the Strategy section. We have also progressed other areas, including the further 
consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities in our governance structures and processes, and the implementation of a new 
risk management framework.

TCFD compliance statement
The Company’s TCFD compliance statement for the year ended 31 December 2022 is set out in the following table.

Recommendation

Disclosure

Compliance

Summary of progress

Governance
The organisation’s 
governance around 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities. 

a) Board’s oversight 
of climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities.

b) Management’s 
role in assessing 
and managing 
climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities.

Strategy
Actual and 
potential impacts 
of climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
businesses, 
strategy and 
financial planning 
where such 
information is 
material.

a) Climate-related 
risks and 
opportunities.

b) Impact on the 
organisation’s 
businesses, 
strategy, and 
financial planning. 

c) Resilience of the 
organisation’s 
strategy.

Key

Fully compliant

Partially compliant

Not compliant

 ▪ The Board has overall responsibility for risk management and internal 

control (including climate-related). The Board formally reviews 
climate-related matters on a six-monthly basis; with climate-related 
risk updates included within monthly Board packs. 

 ▪ Chief Executive, Ian Manocha, has ultimate responsibility for 

oversight and monitoring of climate-related risks and opportunities 
and integrating these considerations into the Company’s strategic 
response and decision-making (see page 38 for further information). 

 ▪ The Chief Corporate & Legal Officer has operational responsibility 

for assessing and managing climate-related risks, with the support 
of management. 

 ▪ The Risk Review Board, made up of departmental management and a 
Non-Executive Director, carries out quarterly reviews of Group-level 
risks (including climate-related). 

 ▪ During 2023, we plan to further integrate climate-related 

considerations into Committee work, and continue to educate the 
Board and management on climate-related issues. 

 ▪ Climate-related risks and opportunities have the potential to affect 
our business over the short (0-3 years), medium (3-10 years) and 
long-term (10+ years). 

 ▪ We conducted a Group-wide climate risk and opportunity evaluation 

in 2022 (see risk heat map and table below). 

 ▪ During 2023, we plan to conduct scenario analysis to develop a more 
comprehensive understanding and impact of material climate-related 
risks and opportunities. 

 ▪ We will also conduct a further review of our corporate strategy and 
business model against climate-related risks and opportunities. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

27

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironment, social and governance continued

TCFD compliance statement continued

Recommendation

Disclosure

Compliance

Summary of progress

 ▪ We have implemented a new risk management framework and 

completed a dedicated climate risk and opportunity assessment, 
which enabled us to extend time horizons beyond those we would 
typically consider. Further information on our new risk management 
framework can be found on page 38.

 ▪ We engaged external advisers to help us identify climate-related risks 

and opportunities using various inputs and sources.

 ▪ For each risk identified, a qualitative assessment was carried out to 

determine how it could potentially impact the business over different 
time horizons, including key assets exposed, before aligning possible 
impacts with appropriate financial factors. Likelihood and impact 
ratings, aligned to our existing risk management framework, were 
then assigned to each risk.

 ▪ Where climate-related risks have a risk rating outside of our tolerance, 
these risks are further considered as potential principal risks in the 
context of our business. Impact is determined based on potential 
impact on revenue, share price, reputation, business continuity, and 
other relevant factors.

 ▪ During 2023, we plan to conduct scenario analysis to further 

understand the potential implications of material climate-related 
risks, and build out medium and long-term plans to manage key 
climate-related risks and opportunities.

 ▪ We are in the process of developing our climate-related metrics 
as we understand more about our climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

 ▪ Our metrics and targets (including Scope 1 and 2) are disclosed in the 

table below. 

 ▪ During 2023 and 2024, we plan to further develop metrics and targets, 

establish baselines, measure material Scope 3 GHG emissions 
including purchased goods and services, and set targets against 
metrics in our most relevant areas.

Risk management
How the 
organisation 
identifies, assesses, 
and manages 
climate-related 
risks.

a) Risk identification 
and assessment 
process. 

b) Risk management 
process. 

c) Integration into 
overall risk 
management.

Metrics and 
targets 
The metrics and 
targets used to 
assess and manage 
relevant climate-
related risks and 
opportunities 
where such 
information is 
material.

a) Metrics used to 
assess climate-
related risks and 
opportunities in line 
with its strategy and 
risk management 
process.

b) Disclose Scope 1, 
Scope 2, and if 
appropriate Scope 3 
greenhouse gas 
(“GHG”) emissions, 
and the related 
risks.

c) Describe the 
targets used by the 
organisation to 
manage climate-
related risks and 
opportunities and 
performance 
against targets.

28 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Climate-related risks and impact
Based on our assessment to date, we have identified several potential climate-related risks, the key ones of which are outlined in the 
following table. 

Risk

Risk description

Potential financial impacts

Time horizon

Our response/mitigating actions

Physical risks

Digital 
infrastructure

Facilities & 
workforce

Floods, storms, and 
extreme heat is testing 
the resilience of vital 
infrastructure including 
data centres and cloud 
stability which we rely 
on to deliver our core 
services.

 ▪ Any outages caused by damage 
to digital infrastructure could 
affect the delivery of our 
services, directly affecting client 
relationships with a negative 
impact on revenue and trust 
in Gresham’s platform and 
products.

 ▪ The business could face 

increasing operating costs as 
data centre providers are forced 
to invest more in adaptation 
and resilience measures.

Heatwaves, flooding, 
storms and drought 
have the potential to 
damage our facilities, 
local infrastructure and 
affect the physical 
safety, security, 
productivity and 
availability of 
employees.

 ▪ Lost revenue through impacts 

on business continuity.

 ▪ Increased costs through 

reduced workforce productivity 
and absenteeism.

 ▪ Damage to buildings and 
equipment could result in 
a financial impact through 
uninsured losses and increased 
insurance premiums.

Transition risks

Cost pressures Climate-related 
operational cost 
pressures due to 
supplier energy price 
rises and increased 
costs of cloud 
computing.

Reputation

We may face 
reputational risks if we 
are unable to fully 
understand, reduce or 
evidence our total 
carbon footprint in line 
with increasing 
stakeholder and 
societal expectations, 
or through our 
association with 
customers, suppliers 
and third parties for 
similar.

 ▪ If increased operating costs 
could not be passed onto 
customers this would affect 
margins and profitability with 
the potential to affect inward 
investment through our 
perceived attractiveness to 
investors.

 ▪ Possible cost implications to our 
services could impact customer 
relationships and ultimately 
revenue if customers decide to 
“shop around”.

 ▪ Reductions in revenue as 
a result of the impact of 
reputational damage on 
customer attraction and 
retention.

 ▪ Increased expenditure on 
climate mitigation and 
adaptation including for 
example; external support, 
switching to more sustainable 
data service partners.

Medium-long

 ▪ We were not impacted by any data 

centre outages in the year that were 
due to climate-related incidents, as 
far as we are aware. 

 ▪ To date, we have not been notified of 
any current or future cost increases 
linked to climate-related adaptation 
and resilience, although we will keep 
this under review. 

Short-medium  ▪ Our new hybrid working policy, and 
tech offering, enables our people to 
operate effectively from any location. 

 ▪ Our BCP provides guidance and 
structure in the event that our 
facilities and/or workforce are 
affected by climate-related incidents. 

 ▪ We occupy leased offices, meaning 
that landlords take buildings risks. 
Should costs increase materially, 
we would review our real estate 
footprint. 

 ▪ We maintain contents insurance 

but should this not be available we 
would consider self-insuring. 

Short-medium  ▪ Regularly review suppliers to ensure 
there is positive tackling of climate-
related issues, as well as the best 
value for money.

Medium

 ▪ Board reviews of ESG and climate 

change issues on a six-monthly basis 
ensure these matters are regularly 
reviewed and considered in strategic 
decision-making. 

 ▪ Our company secretariat has been 
expanded to provide additional 
compliance oversight.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

29

STRATEGIC REPORTEnvironment, social and governance continued

Risk

Risk description

Potential financial impacts

Time horizon

Our response/mitigating actions

Transition risks continued

Product & 
competition

Regulatory

Investment

People

Liability risks

Litigation

If the business and its 
solutions are not 
successful in 
supporting our 
customers to achieve 
their climate change 
goals, there is a risk 
that they will look 
elsewhere, or that new 
operators will enter 
and disrupt the market.

We face an increasingly 
uncertain regulatory 
environment as a result 
of climate change that 
has the potential to 
change rapidly.

As investors 
increasingly integrate 
climate-related issues 
into their investment 
decisions, our 
approach could make 
our business less 
attractive to investors. 

Our response to 
climate change has the 
potential to affect 
talent attraction and 
retention in an already 
competitive labour 
market.

 ▪ Reduced revenues through 

Medium-long

customer churn. 

 ▪ Increased expenditure on 
sustainability-related R&D.

 ▪ We are not currently seeing any 
product requests related to 
climate change.

 ▪ We respond to client procurement/

sourcing requests related to climate 
change quickly. 

 ▪ Our climate change programme 

is designed to support our 
customer requirements. 

 ▪ Increased expenditure 

Short-medium  ▪ We made investments in 2021 and 

on internal and external 
resources to comply with 
climate-related regulation. 

 ▪ Costs from any fines or 
penalties as a result of 
non-compliance. 

2022 to ensure compliance with 
TCFD and ESG requirements.

 ▪ Continuing Director CPD on climate-

change and ESG matters.

 ▪ Climate change features on the 
Board agenda every six months.

 ▪ Reduced external investment 

Medium-long

 ▪ We made investments in 2021 

as a result of negative 
impacts on our attractiveness 
to investors.

Medium-long

 ▪ Increased expenditure on 
employees, including for 
example; recruitment costs, 
productivity losses and higher 
salaries to attract talent.

 ▪ Reduced revenues through 

impact of resource challenges 
and talent gaps on customer 
relationships. 

and 2022 to ramp up our climate 
change programme and broader ESG 
strategy. 

 ▪ We respond to investor enquiries on 

climate change and ESG.

 ▪ Ensure that the Group continues to 
address climate-related issues in 
accordance with regulation/legislation.

 ▪ Strong engagement with our people 
on climate-related issues, including 
via the ESG Champions Network. 

 ▪ Publicise our climate-related initiatives 
with all stakeholders and externally. 

Climate change 
litigation is increasing 
and could manifest for 
our business as a result 
of a perceived failure to 
consider, mitigate or 
adapt to the risks 
associated with climate 
change. 

 ▪ Increased legal costs paid to 
cover the costs of litigation.

 ▪ Reduced external investment if 
investors lose appetite to invest 
in the business.

 ▪ Reduced revenues if brand equity 
is damaged, affecting customer 
attraction and retention.

Long

 ▪ Ensuring that climate-related and 

ESG matters remain a focus for the 
Board of Directors in strategy setting 
and business reviews.

Transboundary risks

Financial  
system 
instability

Financial stability is 
increasingly under threat 
from climate change and 
increased volatility in the 
market could affect our 
future ability to raise 
capital and cost-base.

 ▪ Reduction in capital and 

Long

 ▪ Maintaining the stability of the 

financing affecting our ability 
to invest in future growth.

 ▪ Reduced revenues if customers 
reduce or defer IT investments 
or cease to trade. 

 ▪ Increased expenditure on data 
centres due to a higher level of 
customer transactions being 
processed by our software.

financial system under close and 
regular review.

 ▪ Ensuring financial system risks are 
taking into account in major or 
strategic decisions. 

 ▪ Our customer base is predominantly 

made up of blue-chip financial 
services firms with significant 
financial resilience. 

 ▪ Monitoring our customer and 
supplier base for exposures 
to financial stability risks. 

30 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTRisk Matrix

5 Imminent

4 Very Likely

d
o
o
h
i
l
e
k
L

i

3 Likely

2 Unlikely

1 Very Unlikely 

 ▪ Facilities & 
workforce

 ▪ Regulatory

 ▪ People

 ▪ Cost 

pressure

 ▪ Reputation

 ▪ Financial 
system 
instability

 ▪ Investment

 ▪ Litigation

 ▪ Product & 
completion

 ▪ Digital 

infrastructure

1 Insignificant

2 Minor

3 Moderate

4 Major

5 Catastrophic

Impact

Climate-related opportunities
Based on our assessment to date, we have identified several potential climate-related opportunities, the key ones of which are 
outlined in the following table. 

Opportunity

Opportunity description

Potential financial impacts

Reputation

Demonstrating a thorough understanding of 
climate-related risks, opportunities and impacts, 
and integrating this into our strategy could 
strengthen our reputation with increasingly 
climate-conscious stakeholders. 

 ▪ Increased revenue as a result of company 
and product differentiation and our ability 
to attract and retain customers, and 
support their sustainability ambitions.

 ▪ Increased external investment through 

Time horizon

Medium

New revenue 
channels

Cost  
efficiencies

Developing new products or services (or 
evolving existing ones) that support climate 
mitigation or adaptation activities, or help 
facilitate the low carbon transition (for 
example, the processing of ESG data). 

Assessing our impacts and investing in new 
and improved ways of working that are also 
more climate-friendly could lead to cost 
savings and increased resilience.

an improved ability to attract investment 
from sustainability-focused funds.

 ▪ Lower recruitment costs due to increased 

ability to attract and retain talent.

 ▪ Increased revenue through new channels 

Medium-long

and product diversification.

 ▪ Reduced operational costs through, for 

Short-medium

example, reduced travel, energy efficiency 
measures, hybrid working/reduced office 
estate costs.

 ▪ Productivity and efficiency gains.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

31

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial review

Clareti growth driving operational 
leverage throughout the Group

Forward-looking annualised recurring 
revenue (“ARR”)
Our ARR is an aggregated value of all recurring revenues that are 
either fully or partially contracted for the next twelve months 
and/or are highly expected to renew in the next twelve months. 

Future uplifts in variable usage or contingent recurring fees are 
not included in ARR, unless they are contractually certain with all 
deliverables having already been met. 

Our ARR from our strategic growth business, Clareti, is a critical 
KPI for the Group as it provides a forward-looking view of the 
minimum expected revenues in the next twelve months; which 
gives confidence to business planning and investment decisions. 

The organic Clareti ARR growth in 2022 was £4.1m, an increase 
of 17% on the opening Clareti ARR position. Included within this 
organic growth is the impact of the foreign exchange movements 
in the year, which contributed £1.8m, the prior year benefitting by 
£0.3m; therefore the constant currency organic ARR growth grew 
from £2.2m in the prior year to £2.3m in 2022. Whilst still strong 
double digit constant currency organic growth, this is behind our 
target rate of 20%+. 

Our retention and upsell measures remain strong, with the 
trailing twelve-month net Clareti ARR retention rate being 102%; 
a reduction from the 106% rate in the prior year (both on a 
constant currency basis). We calculate our net ARR retention rate 
as ARR from the end of the period from customers existing at 
the start of the period, divided by ARR at the start of the period. 
There remains a significant market opportunity to both upsell 
and cross-sell to our continually growing existing customer base 
that we are strategically investing in capturing. Going forward, we 
expect to improve these rates to at least 2021 levels. 

ARR from our Other businesses have fallen by £0.6m to £3.5m in 
2022, largely as a result of our decision to discontinue supporting 
the last remaining line from our own high-margin legacy 
solutions. It remains encouraging to see the ongoing longevity 
of these business lines continuing to provide predictability and 
further ability to invest with confidence in the Clareti business.

In addition to Group ARR of £31.6m, expected revenues from 
non-recurring contracts in place as at 31 December 2022 total 
£10.4m, giving visibility over £42.0m of revenue for 2023 before 
any new or incremental contracts are won. 

The Clareti standalone business 
reached an important milestone 
during 2022, becoming cash 
adjusted EBITDA positive for the 
first time. As the Clareti business 
continues to scale, this will continue 
to drive Group cash adjusted EBITDA 
improvements.”

32 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORTClareti ARR 

Clareti ARR at start of year 

Acquired with Electra

Organic increase in ARR

Clareti ARR at end of year

KPI 

Other ARR

Other ARR

Group ARR

Group ARR

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

£m

2022

24.0 

—

4.1

28.1 

3.5 

31.6

2021

12.3 

9.2

2.5

24.0 

4.1 

28.1

Variance

%

N/a

N/a

1.6

4.1

(0.6)

3.5

64%

17%

(15%)

12%

Income Statement
Constant currency Income Statement headlines
Due to the levels of transactions occurring in currencies other than the Group’s functional reporting currency of GBP, largely USD and 
AUD, the Group has benefitted to a material degree from the weakness experienced in the GBP throughout the year. The table below 
shows 2022 performance if transactions had been reported on the same average exchange rates for the year as 2021 had been. 

Group revenue
Group gross margin
Group gross margin %

Group adjusted EBITDA
Group adjusted EBITDA % 

Cash adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA %

2022

2021

Actual basis

Constant
 currency
basis

£m
£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

48.7
33.9
70%

10.3
21%

4.4
9%

46.6
32.4
70%

10.2
22%

4.2
9%

37.0
25.2
68%

7.2
19%

2.5
7%

Variance on 
constant 
currency
basis

9.6
7.2
2%

3.0
3%

1.7
2%

%

26%
29%

42%

68%

Revenues
Our income is analysed between revenues from Clareti Solutions and from our ‘Other’ non-strategic solutions and services, revenues 
from each business of these business segments are then broken into:

 ▪ Recurring revenues – which are generated for software and software-related services such as support, maintenance, and other 

ongoing managed services; all of which are contracted or expected to continue for the foreseeable future. 

 ▪ Non-recurring revenues – include professional services, contracting, training and other services that are expected to be one-off or 

periodic in nature. 

Given the transformational nature of the Electra acquisition, we have also broken out the Clareti business to show Electra revenues 
(and gross margin in the Earnings section below) as individual line items within the Clareti business. 

Clareti solutions

Recurring
Recurring – Electra

KPI

Recurring – Clareti total
Non-recurring 
Non-recurring – Electra

Non-recurring – Clareti 
total

Total Clareti revenues

KPI

Other solutions & 
services

Group

Recurring
Non-recurring

Total

Total 

KPI

£m
£m

£m

£m

£m

£m
£m

£m

 £m

2022

15.8
11.6

27.4
7.5
0.6

8.1

35.5

4.3
8.9

13.2

48.7

2021

13.5
5.3

18.8
6.4
0.3

6.7

25.5

4.6
6.9

11.5

37.0

Variance

2.3
6.3

8.6
1.1
0.3

1.4

10.0

(0.3)
2.0

1.7

11.7

%

17%
119%

46%
17%
100%

21%

39%

(7%)
29%

15%

32%

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

33

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial review continued

Clareti Solutions
Clareti recurring revenues increased by 46%, up £8.6m on 2021, which included a full year contribution of £11.6m from Electra against a £5.3m 
contribution in 2021 (since the acquisition late in June 2021). Excluding the impact of Electra, Clareti recurring revenues increased by 17%, 
or £2.3m since the prior year. These increases were as a result of new recurring revenue sales, increased consumption of Clareti solutions 
from our existing customers, and currency gains of £1.4m; £1.2m of which coming from predominantly USD-based Electra business. 

Clareti non-recurring revenues increased by 21%, up £1.4m on the prior year, with a relatively small services contribution from Electra 
in both years. Excluding the impact of Electra, the increase was 17%. This increase is being driven by new implementations associated 
with the increase in Clareti recurring revenues and £0.3m of currency gains. 

Other Solutions & Services
Total revenues from Other solutions and services increased by 15% to £13.2m, exceeding our original expectations. This business line 
includes revenues from a legacy partner relationship where we act as a reseller of third party software; our sole remaining, own IP, 
legacy software product (EDT) which we discontinued support for on 31 December 2022; and our contracting services business where 
we provide fixed margin services at a margin of 13% under twelve-month contractual terms. 

Recurring revenues within the Other solutions and services portfolio decreased by 7% to £4.3m as a result of own-IP software 
customers not renewing contracts and slightly lower end-user consumption fees from existing customers of our reseller arrangement. 
Non-recurring Other revenues, the vast majority of which is our contracting services business, increased by £2.0m compared to 2021. 
The mix of revenues within the Other solutions and services portfolio continues to evolve, being increasingly weighted towards lower 
margin business lines. We continue to manage the portfolio carefully benefitting from good visibility of customer intentions.

Earnings 

Clareti 
Solutions

Gross margin
Gross margin – Electra

Gross margin – Clareti total

Gross margin
Gross margin – Electra

Gross margin – Clareti total

Other solutions 
& services

Gross margin
Gross margin

Group 

Gross margin
Gross margin

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA

Cash Adjusted EBITDA
Cash Adjusted EBITDA

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax

£m
£m

£m

%
%

%

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

£m
%

£m

KPI
KPI

KPI
KPI

Adjusted diluted EPS

KPI

pence

2022

19.9
10.6

30.5

85%
87%

86%

3.5
27%

34.0
70%
10.3
21%

4.4
9%

2.9

7.54

2021

16.6
4.9

21.5

83%
88%

84%

3.7
37%

25.2
68%
7.2
19%

2.5
7%

(1.0)

5.02

Variance

3.3
5.7

9.0

2%
(1%)

2%

(0.2)
(5%)

8.8
2%
3.1
2%

1.9
2%

3.9

2.52

%

20%
116%

42%

N/a
N/a

N/a

(5%)
N/a

35%
N/a
43%
N/a

76%
N/a

N/a

46%

Gross margin
Across all business segments, the majority of our cost of sales is made up of: (i) customer-specific third party costs incurred in 
providing our hosted cloud solutions; (ii) third party contractor costs incurred by our contracting services business; and (iii) fixed-term 
payrolled employees that provide fixed margin contracting/recruitment services to ANZ. 

In line with long-standing Group strategy, the growth in the high margin Clareti business has offset the continued and expected 
decline in gross margin being generated from the legacy Other solutions and services businesses. At a Group level, gross margins 
have increased from 68% to 70%. These percentage margins are not changed to any material degree when considered on a constant 
currency basis. 

The gross margin within Clareti business (including Electra) has increased from 84% to 86%, due to the increased growth of the high 
margin recurring revenues. 

As planned and described in the revenue section above, the Other solutions and services business mix has continued to move in 
balance towards the lower margin software reselling and contracting services business lines from our higher margin legacy owned IP 
(EDT), which we discontinued support of on 31 December 2022. 

34 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation 
and amortisation) is analysed excluding exceptional items and 
share-based payment charges; which is consistent with the way 
in which the Board reviews the financial results of the Group. 
We also consider this to be consistent with the manner in 
which similar small-cap LSE (or AIM) listed companies present 
their results and how we understand the global investment 
community assesses performance, with this particularly 
being the case for growth shares in which the recurring 
cash performance is considered important. However, whilst 
we consider them consistent and appropriate, this EBITDA 
measure and the cash adjusted EBITDA measure below are 
not necessarily directly comparable to other companies as 
they are not strictly governed IFRS accounting measures, nor 
should they be considered as a substitute for, or superior to, any 
IFRS measures.

Group adjusted EBITDA has improved by £3.1m, or 43%, since the 
prior year with margin improving by 2% to 21% in 2022. This is as 
a result of the existing higher margin Clareti business continuing 
to grow and beginning to drive improved operational leverage as 
it scales along with the impact of the Electra acquisition, which 
offset the continued reducing margin of the Other solutions and 
services business lines. Whilst we will ensure that we maximise 
the current market opportunity through appropriate strategic 
investments, we do expect to continue to see improvements to 
these margins in future years. 

Cash Adjusted EBITDA
Cash adjusted EBITDA refers to adjusted EBITDA reduced by the 
value of capitalised development spend and any IFRS 16 lease-
related cash expenses classified as depreciation and interest. We 
consider this a good measure of cash profitability for a modern 
SaaS business who continue to invest in product development to 
ensure they remain market leading. 

Group cash adjusted EBITDA has also improved on the prior 
year, with £1.9m of the £3.1m improvement in adjusted EBITDA 
(mentioned above) dropping through to improvement cash 
EBITDA. The £1.2m difference between the improvements in the 
two EBITDA measures is as a result of a full year of capitalised 
development spend and IFRS 16 lease-related cash expenses 
in the acquired Electra business. This has resulted in a cash 
adjusted EBITDA margin of 9%, an improvement of 2% on the 
prior year. Like adjusted EBITDA, we expect to see continued 
improvements in these margins in future years. 

Adjusted diluted EPS has improved by 50% to 7.5 pence per 
share. Adjusted earnings used in this calculation adjust the 
statutory result after tax for: exceptional items; amortisation of 
acquired intangibles, share-based payments and the deferred tax 
charge in relation to the sale of the IP acquired with Electra from 
the US to the UK business (see taxation below).

Exceptional items
During the year, the Group recognised exceptional costs 
of £0.2m, all of which were one-off costs in relation to the 
integration of the Electra business. In 2021, £1.8m of exceptional 
costs were recognised, of which: (i) £1.3m were acquisition 
costs in relation to the acquisition of Electra on 22 June 2021; 
and (ii) £0.5m related to various integration expenses in relation 
to the same acquisition. Offsetting the exceptional costs in 
2021 was exceptional income of £0.3m, which occurred from 
currency hedging activities taking place to fund the USD 
denominated Electra acquisition. There was no such exceptional 
income in 2022. 

Taxation
For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Group has recorded 
a net tax charge of £0.4m (2021: £1.4m). The material drivers for 
the variance from the prior year being: an increase in overseas 
current tax charges of £0.5m as a result of the increased profits 
from our US and Australian operations as those businesses 
continue to grow, with US taxes also increasing as a result of 
the Electra acquisition; and the prior year including a one-off 
deferred US tax charge of £1.4m as a result of the Group’s long-
term global tax planning, part of which included the sale of the 
IP acquired in the Electra acquisition from our US business to 
our UK business to ensure the UK remains the centralised IP 
generating entrepreneur within the Group. 

Cashflow
The Group’s financial position remained very strong throughout 
2022. At a headline level, the cash balance at the year-end of 
£6.3m was behind that of the prior year-end of £9.1m. Whilst the 
total deferred consideration payments from acquisitions made 
during the year of £4.4m explains much of this; there are also 
a number of other movements beneath the headline balances 
which are described below. 

Operating cashflow, excluding working capital and exceptional 
items, has increased by £3.1m to £10.3m in the year as a result 
of the improved cash EBITDA of the Group; including the Clareti 
business becoming cash EBITDA generative for the first time. 

The Clareti standalone business reached an important milestone 
during 2022, becoming cash adjusted EBITDA positive for the 
first time, generating a margin of 3%. As the Clareti business 
continues to scale this will continue to drive Group cash adjusted 
EBITDA improvements.

Operating cash outflow from exceptional items has reduced 
by £1.3m to £0.2m. The prior year included increases that were 
one-off in nature, with the significant majority being advisory and 
integration fees in respect of the Electra acquisition; the outflow 
during 2022 being the finalisation of the Electra integration. 

Statutory profit/(loss) after tax and Adjusted diluted EPS
There has been an increase in statutory profit after tax to a profit 
of £2.9m from a loss of £1.0m in the prior year. This increase 
of £3.9m is due to the combination of: improved adjusted 
operating profit of £2.9m as a result of the growth and improved 
profitability of the Group; offset by: reduced exceptional 
expenses of £1.3m (see below); increased share-based payment 
charges of £0.6m; increased amortisation on acquired intangibles 
largely due to a full year of amortisation of the intangibles 
acquired through the Electra acquisition in June 2021 of £0.6m; 
and a reduced tax charge of £1.0m. 

The movement in working capital has reduced by £2.1m to 
negative £0.8m. There are a number of one-off items causing 
this swing, including a £0.5m payment of US sales tax in relation 
to the acquired Electra business which had originally been held 
back from the acquisition fees paid, and £1.0m of customer 
payments made early in December 2021 with early payment not 
occurring in 2022. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

35

STRATEGIC REPORTFinancial review continued

The Group received net tax of £0.6m in 2022, whereas during 
2021 a net payment of £1.1m was made. Gross tax payments were 
made in the year of £1.9m (2021: £1.1m), the increase on the prior 
year largely as a result of increased profitability in Australia and 
the US; the latter also benefitting from a full year of the Electra 
business. During 2022 the Group also received gross tax receipts 
of £2.5m as a result of research and development activities 
performed during 2020 and 2021, where enhanced relief was 
available. No such reclaim was received in 2021, with the 2020 
claim which was made during 2021, not being received from 
HMRC until January 2022. 

The capitalised development expenditure of £5.2m has increased 
by £1.0m from the prior year, the increase coming from a full year of 
such expenditure from the acquired Electra business, as well as 
movements in foreign exchange rates and inflationary increases. 

During 2022 the Group spent £0.8m on other capital spend, an 
increase of £0.7m. £0.6m of this increase was one-off in nature, 
in relation to the complete refurbishment of our New York office 
which re-opened in the third quarter. 

During the year the Group paid £0.4m of contingent consideration 
in relation to the July 2020 Inforalgo acquisition, in the prior 
year the initial consideration of £0.9m was paid. The Inforalgo 
contingent consideration payments are now complete and were 
paid in full as the target metrics agreed with the sellers were 
fully met.

The Group paid £19.6m (net of cash acquired) of initial 
consideration to acquire Electra in June 2021, which was funded 
through a £20.2m (net of costs) capital raise. During the third 
quarter of 2022, upon meeting the success criteria measured 
on the first anniversary of the acquisition, the first contingent 
consideration payment was made in full of £4.0m.

The Group received £0.1m upon the exercise of share options 
during the year (2021: £0.1m). 

Included within “Other” is the recording of negative effect 
of foreign exchange rate changes of £1.1m, arising upon the 
revaluation of Group’s the non-GBP entity opening balance 
sheets upon consolidation, the equivalent in the prior year was a 
positive £0.2m.

As has been the strategy of the Group for a number of years, with 
increasing Clareti sales (now including Electra) from the growing 
annuity base and new customer wins, coupled with carefully 
selected and controlled investments, we expect the cash-
generation capacity of the business to continue and are looking 
at opportunities to best utilise excess cash generated. In order to 
maximise our returns, we plan to increase levels of investment 
in distribution and customer success, whilst continuing to invest 
excess cash efficiently in bank deposits and giving appropriate 
consideration to M&A opportunities.

Opening cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Operating cashflow excluding exceptional items
Operating cashflow from exceptional items

Total operating cashflow excluding working capital
Movement in working capital

Cash inflow from operations
Net tax (payments)/receipts
Capital expenditure — development costs
Capital expenditure — other
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Inforalgo acquisition (net of cash acquired)
Electra acquisition

Shares issued – Electra acquisition (net of costs)
Shares issued — upon option exercises
Dividend
Other

Net increase/(decrease) in cash 
and cash equivalents

Closing cash and cash equivalents 
at 31 December

£m

£m
£m

£m
£m

£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m

£m
£m
£m
 £m

 £m

2022

9.1

10.3
(0.2)

10.1
(0.8)

9.3
0.6
(5.2)
(0.8)
(0.6)
(0.4)
(4.0)

—
0.1
(0.6)
(1.2)

(2.8)

KPI

£m

6.3

2021

8.9

7.2
(1.5)

5.7
1.3

7.0
(1.1)
(4.2)
(0.1)
(0.6)
(0.9)
(19.6)

20.2
0.1
(0.5)
(0.1)

0.2

9.1

Variance

0.2

3.1
1.3

4.4
(2.1)

2.3
1.7
(1.0)
(0.7)
—
0.5
15.6

(20.2)
—
(0.1)
(1.1)

%

2%

43%
87%

77%
(162%)

33%
155%
(24%)
(700%)
—
56%
80%

(100%)
—
(20%)
(1,100%)

(3.0)

N/a

(2.8)

(31%)

36 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial outlook
Management are very pleased with the overall financial progress 
of the Group during 2022, delivering two upgrades to Group 
numbers. We are delivering growth which in turn is driving 
improved profitability, aided by synergies gained through the 
Electra acquisition. 

The constant currency organic growth in Clareti ARR was 10% for 
2022, a respectable results but below our stated target of 20%+. 
Similarly, both net retention and new business generation growth 
rates were lower in 2021, although the Group expects to return to 
target levels in 2023 and future years. 

Whilst the strategic decision was taken to discontinue support 
for the Group’s one remaining own-IP software product (EDT), the 
other (non-Clareti) software portfolio as a whole has continued 
to surpass expectations, although without the own-IP software 
revenues the general trend is towards lower margin products 
and services will continue. We expect our contracting services 
business to remain relatively stable in 2023. 

As has been the strategy for many years, we are successfully 
continuing to increase the levels of revenue predictability 
throughout the Group. In addition to the significantly increased 
Clareti recurring revenue base, we have high levels of contracted 
backlog of Clareti services for ongoing implementations and 
innovation services, and a high portion of the non-Clareti 
portfolio is already under contract for 2023. Nevertheless, given 
the uncertain macro-economic environment, we intend to invest 
prudently in 2023, prioritising distribution, product and customer 
success, to ensure we are best placed to take advantage of the 
significant market opportunities.

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
13 March 2023

Consolidated statement of financial position
Property, plant and equipment and right-of use assets 
have increased to £0.9m and £1.6m, from £0.2m and £1.5m 
respectively, largely as a result of the extension of our Sydney 
office lease and New York office refurbishment. Our lease 
liabilities have also increased by equivalent amounts due to this 
lease extension. 

Intangible fixed assets remain the largest item on the balance 
sheet at £62.8m (2021: £62.3m), consisting of software 
development assets of £23.6m; separately identified assets 
acquired with previous acquisitions of £19.5m and goodwill 
of £19.7m. 

Trade receivables increased from £3.8m to £4.8m and accrued 
income (a contract asset) have increased from £1.2m to £1.8m. 
Trade receivables have increased due to a combination of 
increased revenues and the prior year’s cash balance benefitting 
from early receipts from a customer that did not reoccur in 
December 2022. Accrued income has also increased due to 
the increased revenues in 2022 as well as timing differences in 
December invoicing. 

Income tax receivable has reduced from £1.1m to nil due to a 
timing difference in the receipt of funds from HMRC in relation 
to R&D credits, in which the cash from the 2021 claim in relation 
to 2020 activity was received in January 2022, whereas the 
cash from the 2022 in relation to 2021 activity was received in 
December 2022. 

Deferred tax liabilities have decreased by £0.7m to £6.1m as a 
result of further research and development spend qualifying 
for enhanced tax relief increasing the liability by £1.1m offset by 
a reduction of £0.5m from the unwinding of timing difference 
arising on acquired intangibles, a £0.4m increase in tax losses 
available and a £0.5m increase in deferred tax on share options. 

Non-current contingent consideration has reduced from £3.6m 
to nil and current contingent consideration has increased by 
£3.9m to £4.0m. The prior year current contingent consideration 
was in relation to the final contingent consideration payment 
due on the 2020 Inforalgo of £0.4m and the first contingent 
consideration payment of US$4.8m due on the 2021 Electra 
acquisition – both were paid in full during 2022. The remaining 
contingent consideration payment, now classed as current, is 
in relation to the final amount of US$4.8m due on the Electra 
acquisition, which is also expected to be paid in full during 2023.

Trade payables increased from £1.1m to £1.5m, which is largely 
aligned with the increased size of the business. Accruals 
increased to £4.3m (2021: £3.9m) with the increase largely being 
in relation to an increased bonus provision due to both a strong 
performance against set targets and reflecting a full years bonus 
at full rates for the former Electra employees. Contract liabilities 
have decreased from £12.0m to £11.1m largely due to the timing 
of and size of prepayments made in the non-Clareti business.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

37

STRATEGIC REPORTPrincipal risks and uncertainties

Effective risk  
management systems

Our aim is to recognise and address the key risks and uncertainties facing Gresham at all levels of the busines. 

There are a number of risk factors that could adversely affect the Group’s execution of its strategic plan and, more generally, 
the Group’s operations, business model, financial results, future performance, solvency, or the value or liquidity of its equities. 

The Board is committed to addressing these risks by implementing systems for effective risk management and internal control. 
A report on the Board’s review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems can be found in 
the Audit Committee Report, starting on page 50.

The Board has performed a robust assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties that could threaten Gresham’s business, 
business model, strategies, financial results, future performance, solvency or liquidity. The items listed in the following table represent 
the known principal risks and uncertainties, but the table does not list all known or potential risks and uncertainties exhaustively. 
Where possible, mitigation steps are taken to safeguard against materialised risks. 

Risk management framework
During 2022, the Group introduced a new risk management framework. This new framework includes the establishment of a new Risk 
Review Board made up of senior management and an independent Non-Executive Director. The purpose of the Risk Review Board 
will be to formally oversee Group-level risks, major operational risks, cyber security risks, climate-related risks and any other material 
emerging risks, and to monitor the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management systems generally, reporting to the Board of 
Directors. The Audit Committee remains responsible for financial control risks. 

Identified risks are reported in the specified form (including, where applicable, details of existing risk controls and mitigation plan) 
and then reviewed by senior management. Depending on the classification and severity of risk, details are reported to the Risk Review 
Board, Audit Committee and/or the Board of Directors at the relevant time. On an ongoing basis, the Company Secretarial team is 
responsible for the Group risk register and supports risk management processes across the Group’s various departments with reviews 
of current risks and identification of new risks.

The following diagram sets out the risk framework and reporting lines. 

Board of Directors

Principal and Enterprise Risks

t
r
o
p
p
u
S
c
e
S
o
C

Executive Board

Risk Review Board

Audit Committee

Customer/Project Risks

Department Risks

Financial Risks

Customer Success

Security

Finance

Product

Sales

Internal System

People and Culture

Marketing

Legal and Corporate

Environmental, Social and Governance

38 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties

Failure to win new Clareti 
business in line with plan

Misdirected product, operational 
or strategic investments

Links to strategy
1   2   3

Description
Winning new Clareti business is 
central to our growth plan as it 
supports ARR and professional 
services backlog. Failure to do 
so would directly impact our 
strategic objectives. In particular, 
failure to win new Clareti 
contracts early enough in the year 
would impact annual growth and 
potentially jeopardise our ability 
to deliver the implementations 
and recognise the associated 
revenues in the year.

Commentary
Market conditions continue 
to be challenging, with macro 
headwinds potentially affecting 
customer confidence which 
could materially impact sales. 
Furthermore, sales cycles 
remain long and unpredictable, 
often necessitating significant 
investments of time or 
expenditure to satisfy customer 
due diligence requirements. 
These factors collectively present 
unquantifiable risks to growth 
aspirations and business plan. 

Links to strategy
2   4   5

Description
Our model is to invest in product 
development and other areas to 
support Clareti-led organic growth. 
Strategic investments such as 
acquisitions present opportunity 
for accelerated growth. Failing 
to achieve meaningful returns 
on investments would hinder the 
Group’s strategic growth plan 
and potentially jeopardise the 
Group’s position in the market 
and its prospects. 

Commentary
Our ongoing investments in 
product innovation are an 
essential part of our strategy. 
In 2022, we continued our 
significant investments in 
delivering production-ready 
market-differentiating features 
to enable us to target the large 
market currently dominated by 
legacy reconciliation providers. 
We also continued to invest in 
our strategic cash management 
solution with ANZ, which we believe 
has strong growth prospects 
over the medium to long-term. 

Key customer risks and failure 
to minimise churn rates

Links to strategy
1   2   3

Description
A significant portion of our 
revenue is generated from a 
small number of key customer 
accounts. A cancellation of 
any one of these could have 
a material impact on Group 
revenues and, depending on 
the circumstances, potentially 
affect the Group’s position in 
the market and its prospects. 
Furthermore, high churn rates in 
general would adversely affect 
the Group’s growth. 

Commentary
We have not suffered any key 
account losses in the year 
and continually monitor for 
cancellation risks. We maintain 
very strong relationships at all 
levels in our key accounts to 
ensure we have early warning 
of any issues. Outside of the 
key accounts, we have a long 
tail of medium and lower value 
accounts with less frequent 
touchpoints and, consequently, 
greater churn risks. We are 
strengthening our renewal 
management processes to 
mitigate this. 

Product and service delivery failures

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4

Description
Issues or failures with 
our software products or 
services could lead to failed 
implementations, project delays, 
cost overruns, data loss, security 
issues, customer dissatisfaction, 
early termination, service level 
breaches and contractual claims, 
all of which could adversely 
impact the Group’s revenues, 
earnings and reputation. 

Commentary
Overall, our solutions and 
services were resilient and stable 
throughout the year. There were 
no fundamental outages or 
service failures in 2022, although 
certain projects or situations 
have necessitated ongoing 
investments to ensure successful 
project outcomes and customer 
satisfaction. Our systems, 
processes and methodologies are 
designed to mitigate product and 
service delivery failures, but this 
is not always avoidable. 

Accelerated decline in 
non-Clareti revenues

Links to strategy
4   5

Description
Non-Clareti revenues provide a 
strong contribution to revenues, 
earnings and cashflow and 
are key to short-term financial 
success and ongoing investments 
in Clareti. Whilst the Group 
expects these contributions to 
decline over time, an unexpected 
or accelerated decline could have 
an immediate and significant 
impact on financial KPIs due to 
short-term planning assumptions. 

People risks

Commentary
Risks in the non-Clareti portfolio 
have remained stable this year 
and we broadly expect this to 
remain the case in 2023. We 
regularly review individual portfolio 
risks and will consider strategic 
options such as discontinuations 
or disposals in mitigation where 
risk reaches unacceptable levels. 
In 2022, we made the decision 
to discontinue the EDT portfolio 
which eliminates the support risk 
of this product. 

Links to strategy
1   2   3   4   5

Description
A loss or material issue with 
key members of staff could 
cause material disruption and 
a skills shortage. Competitor 
poaching could result in 
intellectual property leakage. 
Staff misconduct, negligence 
or fraud could cause Gresham 
significant reputational damage 
and potential financial loss. 

Commentary
People risks are generally 
increasing, as market conditions, 
and in particular the current 
cost-of-living crisis, drive staff 
turnover and significant salary 
inflation. These risks are expected 
to continue in 2023, although 
we are pleased that our annual 
survey results confirm our staff 
remain highly engaged.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

39

STRATEGIC REPORTPrincipal risks and uncertainties continued

Economic, international trade 
and market conditions

IP, data and cyber risks

Links to strategy
1   2   5

Description
The Group is generally exposed to 
political, economic, trade, market 
and public health risk factors, 
such as global or localised 
economic downturn, changing 
international trade relationships, 
foreign exchange fluctuations, 
consolidation or insolvency 
of existing or prospective 
customers, or competitor 
products, all of which could 
significantly threaten Gresham’s 
performance and prospects. 

Commentary
Trading conditions have been, 
and continue to be, impacted 
by macro challenges, including 
Russia’s invasion of Ukraine and 
the related trading/financial 
sanctions, FX volatility and, most 
recently, rising inflation rates and 
costs. Nevertheless, our business 
remained resilient throughout 
2022 and expect this to remain 
the case in 2023, although we will 
continue to manage our business, 
operations and investments 
prudently in light of these 
uncertainties. 

Links to strategy
2   3  

Description
A significant IP loss, third party 
IP challenge, data loss, security 
breach or cyber attack could 
significantly threaten Gresham’s 
ability to do business, particularly 
in the short term, and could 
result in significant financial loss.

Commentary
Like all businesses, Gresham 
is exposed to an increasing 

range of cyber-attacks. We 
have introduced several new 
security tools and processes 
to mitigate the increasing risks. 
In addition, we secured ISO 
27001 certification for one of our 
hosted solutions, with scope 
expansion to follow in 2023. We 
are making further investments to 
consolidate our investments and 
introduce further risk reducing 
measures. 

Governance, regulatory 
and compliance risks

Links to strategy

2

Description
The Group operates in several 
different jurisdictions and, 
additionally, is subject to 
additional governance and 
disclosure requirements as 
a listed company. Failing to 
comply with applicable laws, 
regulations and rules could 
lead to public censure, fines, or 
other governmental or regulatory 
enforcement, which could result 
in reputational damage and/or 
financial loss.

Commentary
Governance, regulatory and 
compliance risks are generally 
overseen and managed by 
the Group’s internal legal and 
corporate function, which has 
been expanded in 2022 to 
provide additional resourcing. 
We have introduced new 
compliance policies during 
2022 and also strengthened our 
risk management processes. 
We expect this to remain 
stable in 2023. 

Climate change

Links to strategy
1   2

Description
Climate-related events could 
affect the Group’s ability 
to provide services to its 
customers, or to do so cost-
effectively and/or reliably. 
Investors and customers have 
increasing expectations with 
regard to climate matters. Failing 
to appropriately deal with and 
plan for these matters could 
adversely impact the Group’s 
value proposition and its long-
term prospects. 

Commentary
This risk is introduced in 2022 to 
capture and manage the potential 
long-term risks that may arise 
as a result of climate change 
and climate-related events. 
We have conducted a detailed 
examination of climate-related 
risks (and opportunities) which 
are set out starting on page 29. 
Climate risks are reviewed by the 
Group’s Risk Review Board on a 
quarterly basis. 

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 13 March 2023.

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
13 March 2023 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
13 March 2023

40 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Corporate 
governance

Contents

42  Chair’s introduction to governance
44  Board of Directors
46  Statement of corporate governance
49  Nomination Committee Report
50  Audit Committee Report
53  Introduction to the Remuneration 

Report

54  Remuneration Report
67  Directors’ Report
70  Statement of Directors’ 

responsibilities

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

41

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEChair’s introduction to governance

Upholding high standards of 
corporate governance

The Board is committed to upholding high standards of corporate 
governance throughout the Group. As part of that, the Board 
acknowledges its role in setting the culture, values and ethics 
of the Group, and its collective responsibility in developing a 
healthy corporate culture and delivering long-term success. 

Specifically, the Board acknowledges its role in leading and 
overseeing the Group’s environmental, social and governance 
(“ESG”) strategy, which will continue to be refined and 
implemented over the coming months and years. 

The Board’s aim is to operate as effectively as possible, in line 
with the governing principles of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code 2018 (the “Code”). A description of the Group’s application 
of the Code’s principles for 2022 is set out in the Corporate 
Governance Report. A Board effectiveness evaluation was 
carried out in the year with constructive input from all directors 
and productive outcomes; further information can be found 
on page 47. 

Board discussions are conducted openly and transparently, creating 
an environment for sustainable and robust debate. In the year, the 
Board has constructively and proactively challenged management 
on Group strategies, proposals, operating performance, and key 
decisions, as part of its ongoing work to assess and safeguard 
the position and prospects of the Group. 

Key risks and uncertainties affecting the business are regularly 
assessed and updated. The Board has completed a full, specific 
review of the Group’s key risks and uncertainties (see page 38) 
in light of the new and emerging risks or uncertainties arising 
from the Group’s strategic growth plans and the economic, 
political and market conditions. 

The Board continues to engage with shareholders and welcomes 
ongoing dialogue throughout the year, including at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting. 

Peter Simmonds
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
13 March 2023

The Board acknowledges its role in 
setting the culture, values and ethics 
of the Group, and its collective 
responsibility in developing a 
healthy corporate environment 
and delivering long-term success.”

42 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBoard Tenure

Peter Simmonds

Andy Balchin

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Ian Manocha

Tom Mullan

 Non-Executive 

 Executive 

0 

1 

2 

3 

4 
Years

5 

6 

7 

8

Board Independence

33.3+33.3+

 Executive Directors 

 Independent Non-Executive Director 

Board Gender Mix

33.3+33.3+

 Female NED

 Male NED

Board Tenure

P 50+50+

 4-6 years

 0-3 years

 Non-Executive Chair

 Male ED

 7+ years

Board skills matrix

Skill

Peter Simmonds

Andy Balchin

Jenny Knott Ruth Wandhöfer

Ian Manocha

Tom Mullan

International growth strategy 
and execution

Enterprise software sales and marketing

Implementation and service delivery

Software product development

Financial services industry

Talent management

Financial control and planning

IT and cyber

Risk management

Governance, regulatory and compliance

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

l l l

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 43

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE50
+
50
+
16.7
+
16.7
+
P
P
34
+
34
+
33.3
+
33.3
+
P
33.3
+
33.3
+
16.7
+
16.7
+
P
P
Board of Directors

Our highly experienced Board

RN

A

N R

NA

R

Peter Simmonds
NO N-E XECUT IVE   CHAIR 

Andy Balchin
SENIOR   INDEPENDENT   
NON-EXECUTIVE   DIRECTOR

Jenny Knott
NON-EXECUTIVE   DIRECTO R

Date of appointment: 
Non-Executive Director since August 
2020, and Non-Executive Chair from 
September 2020

Date of appointment: 
Non-Executive Director since May 
2017, and Senior Independent Non-
Executive Director from October 2020

Date of appointment: 
Non-Executive Director since 
October 2020 

Board tenure: 
2 years

Peter was previously CEO of dotDigital 
Group plc for eight years until his 
retirement in 2015, where he remained 
on the board as a Non-Executive 
Director until 2018. Peter has been 
Non-Executive Chair of D4T4 Solutions 
plc since 2015 and, until January 2022, 
of CloudCall. Peter is FCCA qualified 
and has more than 40 years of 
senior management and board-level 
experience; principally in software, 
banking, insurance, finance and 
outsourcing. Peter is an advocate of high 
standards of corporate governance, until 
recently holding the position of Deputy 
Chair of the Quoted Companies Alliance.  

Key external appointments 
and changes: 
 ▪ Non-Executive Chair of 

D4T4 Solutions plc

Board tenure: 
5 years 

Andy has over 30 years of financial 
experience in high-growth software 
companies, including Smartstream, 
SeeBeyond, Documentum, and 
Clearswift. Until December 2018, he 
was Chief Financial Officer of the 
cyber division of RUAG Holding AG, 
a major Swiss organisation. Andy 
is a Chartered Accountant and has 
experience working in a private 
equity environment, in M&A and IPO 
transactions, as well as in external 
audit during his early career. As well 
as being a Non-Executive Director, 
he also mentors a number of CFOs 
and prospective CFOs in hi-tech 
businesses.

Key external appointments 
and changes: 
 ▪ N/A

Board tenure: 
2 years

Jenny brings unparalleled experience 
from an executive career in financial 
services, including CEO of Standard 
Bank Intl, and, prior to that, senior 
roles at Nomura Securities and UBS; 
and was named one of the top 100 
influencers by Financial Technologist in 
2018. In addition to her non-executive 
roles at the British Business Bank and 
Simply Health, Jenny is a trustee for 
Domestic Abuse Volunteer Support 
Services and an adviser to many 
leaders, FinTechs’ and other young 
businesses.  

Key external appointments 
and changes: 
 ▪ Non-Executive Director of 

British Business Bank, Chair of 
Board Audit Committee 

 ▪ Non-Executive Director of 

Simply Health, Chair of Risk 
and Capital Committee

44 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Committee membership

A  Audit committee
N  Nomination committee
R  Remuneration committee

 Committee chair

NA

Dr.Ruth Wandhöfer
NO N-EX EC UTIVE   DIRECTOR

Ian Manocha
CHIEF  EXECUTIVE   OFFICER

Tom Mullan
CHIEF  FINANCIA L  OFF ICER

Date of appointment: 
Non-Executive Director since 
October 2020 

Date of appointment: 
Chef Executive Officer and member 
of the Board since June 2015 

Date of appointment: 
Chief Financial Officer and member 
of the Board since March 2018 

Board tenure: 
2 years

Board tenure: 
7 years 

Board tenure: 
4 years

Ian has extensive experience in the 
business technology sector. He joined 
Gresham from SAS where he worked 
for over 15 years, most recently as 
Vice President of the EMEA and 
AP business units. Ian has worked 
extensively with many of the world’s 
leading financial institutions and has 
been successful in growing companies 
to significant scale through securing 
and delivering high-value enterprise 
software deals.

Tom spent seven years with Ernst & 
Young. After qualifying with them as a 
Chartered Accountant in Southampton, 
he spent time working in the Australian 
business before joining the London 
office managing a portfolio of clients. 
Tom then joined Guidewire Software, 
a Silicon Valley-based insuretech 
business, where he spent eight years 
scaling the finance and business 
operations of their EMEA region. 
Before joining Gresham, Tom spent 
two years as CFO at Fadata, a 
PE backed insuretech business. 

Ruth is a Global Fintech 50 Influencer 
and is currently Chair of the Payment 
Systems Regulator Panel and a partner 
at Gauss Ventures, as well as holding 
Non-Executive Director positions 
at Permanent TSB (Ireland), Aquis 
Exchange, and RTGS Global. Her prior 
roles have included spearheading 
regulatory and market strategy 
for treasury and trade solutions at 
Citi, advising the European Banking 
Federation on policy making for 
securities services and payments, and 
serving as a NED of the London Stock 
Exchange Group.  

Key external appointments 
and changes: 
 ▪ Chair of the Payment Systems 

Regulator Panel

 ▪ Partner at Gauss Ventures

 ▪ Non-Executive Director 

of Permanent TSB

 ▪ Non-Executive Director 

of Aquis Exchange Group

 ▪ Non-Executive Director of 

RTGS Global

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 45

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Statement by the Directors on compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company has complied with the relevant provisions set 
out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “Code”) 
throughout the year. 

Constructive use of the AGM
Following a period of restricted meetings due to the COVID-19 
pandemic, the Company’s 2022 AGM was open to shareholders 
attending in person, in addition to being broadcast to allow the 
meeting to be followed remotely. 

Statement of corporate governance

Board leadership and company purpose
The Board of Gresham Technologies PLC is the body responsible 
for the overall management and conduct of the Group’s business, 
and for approving and overseeing the implementation of its 
strategy. Its role is to provide strategic leadership to the Group 
within a framework of effective controls, enabling risk to be 
anticipated, assessed and managed appropriately. The Board is 
responsible collectively to the Group’s shareholders for the long-
term sustainable success of the Company, generating value and 
contributing to wider society, and in establishing the Company’s 
purpose, values and strategy. In the performance of its duties, 
the Board considers the interests of a range of stakeholders and 
the matters set out in section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 
(which can be found on page 22). 

The Board is committed to maintaining a healthy corporate culture, 
recognising the importance of investing in and rewarding its 
workforce. As part of this, the Group has established clear values, 
has systems in place to promote wellbeing at work, seeks to create 
an environment where individuals are fulfilled, and operates a share 
incentive plan that ensures our people share in the success 
of the Group. In 2022, the Board published a statement on 
Equality, Diversity and Inclusion, confirming: our zero-tolerance 
approach to discrimination of any kind; how we value different 
backgrounds, experiences, expertise and ways of thinking; and 
our support for equal opportunities and a place of belonging 
regardless of age, disability, sex, sexual orientation, pregnancy and 
maternity, race, ethnicity or colour, religion or belief, gender, gender 
identity or expression, national origin, genetics, marriage or civil 
partnership, or veteran status. 

Dialogue with institutional shareholders
The Board as a whole is responsible for ensuring that a dialogue is 
maintained with shareholders based on the mutual understanding 
of objectives. Members of the Board meet with major shareholders 
on a regular basis, including presentations after the Company’s 
announcement of the half-year and year-end results. During 
2022, there was additional dialogue as part of the remuneration 
consultation (see page 66). 

The Board is kept informed of the views of shareholders at Board 
meetings following investor meetings through a report from the 
Chief Executive, together with formal feedback on shareholders’ 
views gathered and supplied by the Company’s advisers. The views 
of private and smaller shareholders, typically arising from the AGM 
or from direct contact with the Company, are also communicated 
to the Board on a regular basis.

Mr A Balchin, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, 
and Mr P Simmonds, the Non-Executive Chair, are available to 
shareholders if they have concerns where contact through the 
normal channel of Chief Executive has failed to resolve or for 
which such contact is inappropriate.

46 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Details of resolutions to be proposed at the AGM can be found in 
the Notice of the Meeting. A separate resolution is proposed for 
each substantially separate issue including a separate resolution 
relating to the Annual Financial Report 2022.

Engagement with the workforce
The Group does not currently have a formal workforce advisory 
panel or designated Non-Executive Director responsible for 
workforce engagement, nor does it have a designated Director 
appointed to the Board from the workforce who is responsible 
for this. However, the Board has alternative arrangements 
in place for workforce engagement which it considers to be 
effective, including: an annual employee engagement survey, 
results of which are presented to the Board; occasional 
attendance by Board members at the Group’s monthly 
“all-hands” CEO calls; direct Board presentations by the Group’s 
Director of People & Culture; receipt of monthly Board reports 
on people and culture matters; and specific dialogue between 
the Director of People & Culture and Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee in relation to remuneration arrangements affecting 
the workforce as a whole.

Division of responsibilities
Board membership, roles and responsibilities
As at 31 December 2022, the Board comprised of the Non-Executive 
Chair, one Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, two 
Non-Executive Directors and two Executive Directors, details 
of which are set out on pages 44 and 45. All Non-Executive 
Directors are considered to be independent. 

The roles of Chair and Chief Executive are distinct, set out in 
writing and agreed by the Board. The Chair is responsible for the 
effectiveness of the Board and ensuring communication with 
shareholders, with the Chief Executive accountable for the day to 
day management of the Group.

Non-Executive Directors constructively challenge and assist in the 
development of the Group’s strategy, scrutinising the performance 
of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives, and 
monitoring the reporting of performance. 

The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director, Mr A Balchin, acts 
as a sounding board for the Chair and serves as an intermediary 
for other Directors. He also provides an alternative channel of 
communication for shareholders if they have concerns which 
contact through the normal channels of Chair or Chief Executive 
has failed to resolve, or for which such contact is inappropriate.

The Company Secretary, Mr J Cathie, has been in position 
since March 2014; and is not a Director of the Company. 
The appointment and removal of the Company Secretary 
is a matter for the Board as a whole.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOperation of the Board
The Board is responsible to shareholders for the proper 
management of the Group. 

The Board normally meets once per month and operates an 
annual cycle of matters for its consideration, supplemented with 
strategic topics and governance matters. The frequency and focus 
of meetings, agendas and presentations are kept under review to 
ensure the best possible use of the time of the Board of Directors 
and to ensure effective business decisions are taken. A formal 
schedule of matters specifically reserved for the Board is in place. 

Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary on matters related to their role on the Board, as well 
as access to independent professional advice at the Company’s 
expense where they judge it necessary to discharge their duties. The 
Company Secretary is present at all Board and Committee meetings 
and is responsible for ensuring Board procedures are complied with. 

The Company maintains appropriate insurance cover in respect of 
legal action against the Company’s Directors and the Company 
Secretary, but no cover exists in the event that the Director is 
found to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.

Where Directors have concerns which cannot be resolved about 
the running of the Company or a proposed action, these concerns 
are recorded in Board minutes. On resignation, a Non-Executive 
Director is required to provide a written statement to the Chair for 
circulation to the Board if there are any such concerns.

The Board has formed Audit, Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
2018, to deal with the specific aspects of the Group’s affairs. 
Details of the Committees’ constituent members and the roles, 
responsibilities and activities of each of the Committees are 
described in more detail starting from page 49. 

Meetings and attendance
The following table summarises the number of Board, Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee 
meetings held during the year, and the attendance record of individual Directors at those meetings.

Number of meetings attended

P Simmonds
A Balchin
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
I Manocha
T Mullan

Board

12/12
11/12
12/12
9/12
12/12
12/12

Audit 

Remuneration 

Nomination

—
3/3
3/3
3/3
—
—

5/5
5/5
5/5
—
—
—

2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
—
—

Composition, succession and evaluation
Nomination Committee
A report from the Chair of the Nomination Committee is 
provided, starting on page 49. 

Induction and training
New Directors receive a thorough and tailored induction on their 
appointment to the Board, covering the activities of the Group 
and its key business and financial risks, the terms of reference 
of the Board and its Committees, and the latest financial 
information about the Group. 

The Chair, with the support of the Company Secretary, ensures 
Directors update their skills, knowledge and familiarity with the 
Group required to fulfil their roles on the Board and Committees. 
Relevant training, advice and information is provided to Directors 
to enable the Board to function both effectively and efficiently. This 
is achieved through internal and external adviser presentations, 
papers and updates on legislative and regulatory changes, and 
updates from senior management on sector-specific matters. 

Evaluation of the Board’s performance
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, an 
evaluation of the Board, Committees, Directors and the Chair 
is carried out annually. The evaluation carried out in the year 
was conducted by the Company Secretarial team at the Chair’s 
instruction, the objective and scope of which was to assess all 
aspects of the Board’s effectiveness. A high level summary of 
the 2022 evaluation results is set out below. 

Division of responsibilities: there was unanimous feedback that 
there remains an appropriate and clear division of responsibilities 
between the Chair and Chief Executive.

Development, information and support: Executive Directors 
with internal and external Gresham focused knowledge, 
Non-Executive Directors with more diverse external market-
facing knowledge, and a range of internal and external resources 
from advisors and the Company Secretarial team, collectively 
ensure the Board has a well-balanced set of information and 
support available.

Time and commitment: Board members were found to devote an 
adequate amount of time to their responsibilities, with excellent 
attendance at Board and Committee meetings, although late notice 
availability was occasionally challenging and some feedback indicated 
that too much time was allocated to governance relative to strategic 
matters. Steps are in place to address these challenges in 2023. 

Risk management and control: there was positive feedback on 
the increased focus and attention given to risk in the last year, 
whilst noting that the risk framework will be further developed 
in 2023 (see page 38). 

Succession planning: the last formal succession planning 
exercise took place in 2020, resulting in the appointment of 
directors Peter Simmonds, Jenny Knott and Ruth Wandhöfer. 
In line with Listing Rule LR 9.8.6, succession planning will feature 
during 2023 for both Executive Directors and Non-Executive 
Directors, to ensure that their composition continues to be 
challenged and addressed. 

Retirement and re-election
All Directors are subject to election by shareholders at the 
first AGM immediately following their appointment. Thereafter, 
Directors are subject to annual re-election. All Non-Executive 
Directors are appointed for fixed terms in line with corporate 
governance requirements, subject to re-election.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 47

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Statement of corporate governance continued

Control environment
The Group operates within a control framework developed and 
strengthened over a number of years and communicated as 
appropriate by a series of written procedures. These lay down 
accounting policies and financial control procedures, in addition 
to controls of a more operational nature. The key procedures that 
the Directors have established with a view to providing internal 
control are as follows:

 ▪ the establishment of the organisational structure and the 
delegated responsibilities of operational management;

 ▪ the definition of authorisation limits, including matters 

reserved for the Board;

 ▪ regular site visits by the Executive Directors, with the results 

reported to Board meetings;

 ▪ the establishment of detailed operational plans and financial 

budgets for each financial year;

 ▪ maintenance of a register of principal risks, which is reviewed 

and updated at every Board meeting;

 ▪ review of regular, detailed monthly management reporting 
provided for every Board meeting which encompasses 
both a review of operational activities and entries arising on 
consolidation;

 ▪ reporting and monitoring performance against budgets and 

rolling forecasts;

 ▪ the security of physical property and computer information; and

 ▪ detailed due diligence on all acquisitions.

Remuneration
A report from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee is 
provided, starting on page 53.

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee
A report from the Chair of the Audit Committee is provided, 
starting on page 50. 

Financial reporting
The Board is responsible for presenting a balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Company’s position and prospects, extending to 
interim reports and other price-sensitive public reports and reports 
to regulators, as well as to information required to be presented by 
statutory requirements. A statement of the Directors’ responsibilities 
is set out on page 70.

Management and specialists within the Group’s finance department 
are responsible for ensuring the appropriate maintenance of financial 
records and processes that ensure all financial information is relevant, 
reliable, in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations, 
and distributed both internally and externally in a timely manner. A 
review of the consolidation and financial statements is completed by 
management to ensure that the financial position and results of the 
Group are appropriately reported. All financial information published 
by the Group is subject to the approval of the Audit Committee.

Principal risks
A report on the principal risks and uncertainties affecting the 
Company is provided, starting on page 38. 

Going concern
The Directors are required to report that the business is a going 
concern, with supporting assumptions and qualifications as 
necessary. The Directors have concluded that the business is a going 
concern as further explained in the Directors’ Report starting 
on page 67. 

Viability statement 
The Directors confirm that they have assessed the prospects of the 
Group over a three-year period commencing 1 January 2023 and 
that they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able 
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due for 
that period. 

The Directors have selected a period of three years as they consider 
this to be a reasonable and appropriate duration on which to make 
the assessment, based on the following two factors: firstly, the 
Group operates rolling financial projections which extend for the 
current financial year and up to two subsequent financial years; 
and, secondly, the Directors’ evaluation of the forward-looking 
order book, with Clareti software contracts typically being signed 
for three-year minimum contract terms, balanced against the 
likely attrition rate of other, non-Clareti, revenues. 

In making this statement, the Directors have considered the Group’s 
current position and the potential impact of the principal risks 
and uncertainties described on page 38 on the Group’s business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity, taking account 
of severe but reasonable scenarios and the effectiveness of 
any mitigating actions, and have performed stress test analyses 
based on likely outcomes.

48 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENomination Committee Report

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the Nomination Committee 
for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

The key activities of the Committee in the year were:

 ▪ commissioning a Group-wide statement on Equality, Diversity 

and Inclusion;

 ▪ arranging a Board skills review to identify any key skills gaps 

to take into account for succession planning; and

 ▪ reviewing Board diversity requirements. 

The Committee keeps under review, and takes appropriate 
action to ensure, orderly succession for appointments to 
the Board and to senior management, so as to maintain an 
appropriate balance of skills and experience. As regards Non-
Executive Directors, the Committee considers, amongst other 
factors, their other significant outside commitments prior to 
making recommendations, to ensure they have sufficient time 
to dedicate to their role. The Committee keeps any changes 
to these commitments under review. The Committee has not 
approved any external appointment where such appointment is 
considered to be significant. 

The Board’s policy is to ensure that all appointments are merit-
based and based on objective criteria, giving due regard to 
equality of opportunity, and to promote inclusion and diversity. 
The Board notes that achieving diversity in the technology sector 
is especially challenging due to the available pool of individuals 
with the right skills, experience and talent; however is committed 
to keeping this under review. Given the relatively small size of 
the Board and the Group, the Committee does not currently set 
any measurable objectives for implementing a diversity policy, 
but acknowledges the role of the Board in promoting diversity 
throughout the Group. In the year the Committee commissioned 
a group-wide statement on Equality, Diversity and Inclusion. See 
page 26 for wider gender balance data; which is being looked at 
holistically by the People & Culture team. 

Nomination Committee members 
and attendance

Member

Peter Simmonds (Committee Chair)

Andy Balchin

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Meetings

2/2

2/2

2/2

2/2

To comply with Listing Rule 9.8.6(9), as at 31 December 2022 (chosen reference date) the following data was collected via an 
anonymous e-survey from the Company Secretarial team for reporting purposes. 

Men
Women
Other
Not specified/prefer not to say

Number of  

Board members

Percentage of 
the Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on the Board

Number in 
executive 
management

Percentage of 
executive 
management

4
2
0
0

66.6%
33.3%
0%
0%

4
0
0
0

6
2
0
0

75%
25%
0%
0%

Number of  

Board members

Percentage of 
the Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on the Board

Number in 
executive 
management

Percentage of 
executive 
management

White British or other White (including minority-white groups)
Mixed/Multiple Ethnic Groups
Asian/Asian British
Black/African/Caribbean/Black British
Other ethnic group, including Arab
Not specified/prefer not to say

6
0
0
0
0
0

100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%

4
0
0
0
0
0

8
0
0
0
0
0

100%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, all Directors are subject to election or annual re-election (as the case 
may be). Having considered the contribution of individuals on the Board, it is apparent to me that each Director brings specific 
expertise to the Board and makes a valuable contribution to the Company’s long-term success. I therefore have no hesitation in 
recommending them to shareholders.

Peter Simmonds
CHAIR OF THE NOMINATION COMMITTEE
13 March 2023

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 49

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report

Audit Committee members and attendance

Member

Andy Balchin (Committee Chair)

Jenny Knott

Ruth Wandhöfer

Meetings

3/3

3/3

3/3

Dear shareholder
As Chair of the Audit Committee, I am pleased to present the 
Committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
The Committee’s main role remains unchanged – to monitor 
the integrity of the Group’s financial reporting, to assess the 
effectiveness of its internal controls and risk management 
processes, and to ensure that our external auditor, BDO LLP, 
delivers a high-quality effective audit. 

The Board considers that the Committee has recent and relevant 
financial experience, including competence in accounting, 
relevant to the sector in which we operate, as well as operational 
skills. I am satisfied that the Committee has appropriately 
discharged its duties in the year in accordance with its terms 
of reference, which are reviewed annually and are available 
at www.greshamtech.com/investors. 

In order for the Committee to properly discharge its role, it is 
critical that we have the opportunity to openly discuss with 
management any matter which falls within our remit, and probe 
and challenge where necessary. The Chief Executive Officer and 
the Chief Financial Officer attend our meetings by invitation, 
and other senior managers (including the Director of Financial 
Operations and Control) are invited to provide financial, technical 
or business information as necessary. In addition, our meetings 
relevant to audit are attended by the lead audit partner from 
BDO and other representatives. Their attendance is important 
as it gives us the opportunity to seek their independent and 
objective views on matters which they encounter during their 
audit. At least once a year, we meet separately with the external 
auditor to discuss matters without executive management 
present. On a more frequent basis, I meet with the Chief 

50 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Financial Officer and other senior management to ensure issues 
or concerns can be raised at an early stage, allowing sufficient 
time to be devoted at subsequent meetings. There is an open 
and constructive communication between the Committee, 
management and external auditor.

In the prior year, the Committee specifically considered and 
challenged management on the impact and potential risks 
associated with the financing, acquisition and integration 
of Electra Information Systems, Inc. This ensured a robust 
approach to the related processes, including due diligence, 
risk management, internal controls and financial reporting. The 
Committee has continued to pay significant attention to KPIs and 
segmental reporting including alternative performance measures 
of the enlarged Group, with reporting continuing to evolve from 
transitional acquisition and integration metrics to be increasingly 
combined as well as being reflective of the continued weighting 
of Group towards that of a subscription software business. 

The Committee has continued to pay attention to the potential 
impact and risks to the Group arising from global economic, 
international trade and market conditions. These matters are 
discussed in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties starting 
on pages 38 to 40. Whilst Brexit-related risks appear to have 
reduced, the Committee intends to continue monitoring the risks 
associated with the impact of the geopolitical and economic 
instability caused by the deplorable actions of Russia in Ukraine. 

Responsibilities
Our principal role is to assist the Board in performing its 
responsibilities in relation to financial reporting, internal 
controls and risk management; and in maintaining an 
appropriate relationship with our external auditor. The work 
of the Committee in discharging its responsibilities includes:

 ▪ monitoring the integrity of the reported financial statements of 
the Group, any formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
financial performance, and reviewing significant financial issues 
and judgements contained in them;

 ▪ challenging and monitoring the appropriateness, relevance 

and integrity of the Group’s alternative performance measures 
(“APMs”); including their selection, measurement and 
presentation; 

 ▪ reviewing and assessing the process which management has 
put in place to support the Board when giving its assurance 
on annual financial reports;

 ▪ reviewing the Group’s internal financial controls, and internal 

control and risk management systems;

 ▪ reviewing the Group’s speak-up (whistleblowing) arrangements;

 ▪ reviewing the need for a separate internal audit function;

 ▪ making recommendations to the Board, for it to put to 

shareholders for their approval in general meeting, in relation 
to the appointment, reappointment and removal of the 
external auditor; and to approve the remuneration and terms 
of engagement of the external auditor;

 ▪ ensuring an appropriate relationship with the external auditor to 
include the reviewing and monitoring of its independence and 
objectivity, and the effectiveness of the audit process, based on 
a sound plan to ensure it delivers a high-quality effective audit;

 ▪ developing and implementing policy on non-audit services; and 

 ▪ reporting to the Board, identifying any matters for which it 

considers that action or improvement is needed and making 
recommendations as to the steps to be taken.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCESignificant judgements in relation to financial statements 
Set out below are what the Committee considers to be the most significant accounting areas which required the exercise of judgement, 
or a high degree of estimation, during the year, together with details of how these were addressed. These are all considered to be 
recurring issues. 

Significant issue and explanation

Work undertaken by the committee in forming an opinion

Capitalised development costs
Development costs are accounted for in accordance with IAS 
38 “Intangible Assets”, and costs that meet the qualifying criteria 
are capitalised and systematically amortised over the useful 
economic life of the intangible asset. Determining whether 
development costs qualify for capitalisation as intangible assets 
requires judgement, including estimates of the technical and 
commercial viability of the asset created and its applicable 
useful economic life. These estimates are continually reviewed 
and updated by management based on past experience and 
reviews of competitor products available in the market.

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from the 
sale of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions 
and maintenance and solution sales. Whilst in most cases 
performance obligations clearly follow the commercial and 
contractual arrangement agreed with the customer, in some 
cases the revenue streams are combined within an overall 
commercial arrangement. Such bundling requires judgement 
to assess performance obligations associated with each 
revenue stream and further judgement as to when and how 
such performance obligations have been discharged in order to 
recognise the associated revenue. The estimation of the stage of 
completion, along with the unbundling of multi-element solution 
sales, represents a risk of incorrect revenue recognition.

Impairment reviews
The Group is required to perform impairment reviews of goodwill 
annually at the reporting date and, in addition, performs impairment 
reviews of capitalised development costs to identify any intangible 
assets that have a carrying value that is in excess of their recoverable 
value. Determining the recoverability of an intangible asset requires 
judgement in both the methodology applied and the key variables 
within that methodology. Where it is determined an intangible asset 
is impaired, its carrying value will be reduced to its recoverable 
value with the difference recorded as an impairment charge in 
the income statement.

The Committee has reviewed reports from management identifying 
the development costs capitalised, the technical and commercial 
feasibility of the product being produced, and whether further 
costs continue to fulfil the required IAS 38 criteria. The Committee’s 
review encompasses direct discussion with executive and 
operational management, in addition to reviewing monthly formal 
reporting to the Board on development and associated sales and 
implementation activity. The treatment of development costs is an 
area of focus for the external auditor, which reported its findings to 
us. We concluded that management’s key assumptions, judgements, 
estimates and disclosures were reasonable and appropriate.

The Committee has reviewed management’s descriptions and 
status reports on material new deals and on project work-in-
progress through the year, both through direct discussion and 
formal month-end reporting to the Board. The Committee has 
furthermore considered management’s assessments made on 
percentage of completion of material work-in-progress, and other 
judgements such as bundling or unbundling of revenue streams, 
and the resulting impact on revenue and profit recognition. 
Revenue recognition is an area of focus for the external auditor, 
which reported its findings to us. We considered whether the 
accounting treatment for revenue and profit recognition was in 
accordance with agreed methodology, the Group’s accounting 
policies and IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” 
and concurred with management’s opinion that it was.

The Committee has considered management’s assessments of 
value in use of cash-generating units of intangible assets (principally 
goodwill and capitalised development costs) at the reporting date. 
This included specifically considering and subsequently approving 
business plans prepared by management supporting the future 
performance expectations used in the calculation of the value in 
use. Impairment reviews were also an area of focus for the external 
auditor, which reported its findings to us. We considered whether 
the accounting treatment performing impairment reviews was 
in accordance with agreed methodology, the Group’s accounting 
policies and IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”. We concluded that 
management’s key assumptions were reasonable.

Interaction with the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”)
During the year, the Group was made aware that the FRC included Gresham’s Annual Report and Accounts to 31 December 2021 in 
their sample for their thematic review of judgement and estimate disclosures. A limited scope review was carried out by staff at the 
FRC who have an understanding of the legal and accounting frameworks that the Group operates within. The FRC were pleased to 
report that they did not have any questions or queries to raise with regards to the Group’s judgement or estimate disclosures within 
the 2021 Annual Report and Accounts. However, the FRC did raise some areas of potential disclosure that they have considered might 
have relevance to readers of our accounts which the Board have given due consideration to. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

51

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAudit Committee Report continued

Fair, balanced and understandable 
At the request of the Board, the Committee considered whether 
this Annual Report was a fair, balanced and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s position and prospects. In reaching 
its conclusion, the following was considered: 

 ▪ skills and experience of the team with responsibility for the 

preparation and review of the Annual Report; 

 ▪ drafting stages of the report to ensure consistency of tone and 
message, with a balanced approach to the linkage of various 
statements and sections of the report;

 ▪ input of the Executive Directors and ultimately the Board 
of Directors on the layout, design and content of the 
Annual Report; 

 ▪ review of applicable legislation and regulatory requirements 
to be incorporated into the Annual Report, by the Company 
Secretarial team;

 ▪ verification of financial numbers and commentary undertaken 

by the Executive Directors; and 

 ▪ review by the Committee before the Annual Report is 

presented to the Board for approval. 

Risk management and internal 
control systems
The Board is responsible for maintaining a sound risk management 
and internal control system to safeguard shareholders’ investment 
and the Company’s assets. The Directors acknowledge their 
ultimate responsibility for ensuring that the Group has in place 
systems of controls, financial and otherwise, and for managing 
risk, that are appropriate to the business environment in which it 
operates and the risks to which it is exposed and for monitoring 
those systems.

During the year, a new risk management framework was 
implemented, which was reviewed by the Committee 
and Board alongside the Group’s internal control systems 
(further details can be found on page 38). This review covered 
all material controls, including financial, operational and 
compliance controls, and took into account the risks and 
potential impact arising from Brexit and the war in Ukraine. 

The Group’s risk management and internal control systems are 
designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure of 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable but not 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. 
The Board, and newly established Risk Review Board (see further 
details on page 38), consider risk management and the internal 
control environment to be areas for continuous improvement, 
commensurate with the growth and complexity of the Group. 
Ongoing discussions with, and challenge to, management 
aiming to further enhance the Group’s internal control and risk 
management, occur through both formal and informal channels. 

An embedded ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the principal risks faced by the Group is regularly 
reviewed by the Board, and remains in place up to the date 
of the approval of the financial statements.

Speak-up (whistleblowing) arrangements
The Committee has reviewed arrangements by which staff of 
the Group may, in confidence, raise concerns about possible 
improprieties in matters of financial reporting or any other 
matters of concern and concluded that they remain appropriate.

52 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Compliance policies 
The Group has a number of compliance policies including, 
Whistleblowing, Data Protection, and Anti-Bribery. Any breach of 
these policies is a disciplinary matter and dealt with accordingly. 

Internal audit function
During the year, the Committee considered the need for a separate 
internal audit function and its impact on the external audit and 
concluded that, based on the size of the Group, a separate internal 
audit function is not necessary at this stage of the Group’s maturity. 
The need for an internal audit function is reviewed at least annually.

External auditor
The Committee reviews and makes recommendations with 
regard to the appointment of the external auditor. In making 
these recommendations, the Committee considers auditor 
effectiveness and independence, partner rotation and any other 
factors which may impact the external auditor’s appointment.

In considering the effectiveness of BDO, the Committee 
discussed and approved the scope of and fees for the external 
audit plan and reviewed the approach to the external audit, 
their assessment of the significant risks in the Group’s financial 
statements and materiality levels, and associated work. In 
addition, the Committee considered the commercial experience 
and expertise of the auditor, particularly in the Group’s industry 
sector; the fulfilment of the agreed audit plan and any variations 
from this plan; and the robustness of BDO in its handling of key 
accounting and audit judgements.

Following this internal evaluation, the Committee concluded that 
there had been appropriate focus, challenge and communication 
on the primary areas of audit focus from BDO in the year. The 
Committee is therefore satisfied with the effectiveness and 
independence of the external auditor. 

Non-audit services 
The Committee reviews and controls the manner in which 
non-audit services are awarded, especially to the external auditor. 
All significant non-audit work, and work of a non-compliance 
consultancy nature, requires Audit Committee approval. 
Non-audit services will only be approved by the Committee if:

 ▪ engagement of the auditor does not impair the independence 

or objectivity of the external auditor;

 ▪ there are no conflicts of interest; and 

 ▪ aggregate fees for permitted non-audit services do not exceed 

70% of the average audit fees over the past three years. 

In the year, there were no non-audit fees paid to the external 
auditor (2021: nil). 

Andy Balchin
CHAIR OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
13 March 2023

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIntroduction to the Remuneration Report

 ▪ engaging external remuneration consultants to carry out an 

independent review of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy and 
Remuneration Report. Following this review, we are pleased 
to include in the following pages a fully updated Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, which will be put to shareholders 
for approval at the forthcoming AGM, and also a revised 
Remuneration Report, which will be put to the usual advisory 
vote at the AGM. Both of these documents are intended to 
improve transparency in our remuneration arrangements, 
adopt remuneration best practices, and reflect shareholder 
feedback where considered appropriate by the Committee.

Looking ahead to 2023, the Committee is mindful of the 
continued impact of the prevailing inflationary environment on 
pay expectations and talent retention, which the Committee 
is considering carefully in its application of the Company’s 
established methodology for determining pay increases across 
the Group. 

As a result of this, the average pay rise across the global 
population is approximately 6.6%. Base pay increases for the Chief 
Executive and Chief Financial Officer have been set at 6.5%. 

Other information on how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy is 
expected to be applied in 2023, including in relation to the Annual 
Bonus Scheme and the LTIP, is set out in the following pages. 

I hope this introduction provides an informative overview of the 
key activities of the Committee in the year, and that our formal 
Remuneration Report on the following pages demonstrates 
our ongoing commitment to ensuring that executive reward 
incentivises positive outcomes for shareholders, by reflecting 
strong linkage with strategy and a fair, transparent and 
collaborative corporate culture. 

Jenny Knott
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
13 March 2023 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

53

Remuneration Committee members 
and attendance

Member

Jenny Knott (Committee Chair)

Andy Balchin

Peter Simmonds

Meetings

5/5

5/5

5/5

Dear shareholder
I am pleased to introduce the Directors’ Remuneration Report for 
the year ended 31 December 2022.

The key activities of the Committee in the year included: 

 ▪ determining the increases to basic pay for the year 

commencing 1 April 2022 for Executive Directors in accordance 
with the Company’s established methodology;

 ▪ setting the performance measures and targets for variable pay 
awards under the Annual Bonus Scheme in respect of 2022, 
and for matching awards under the LTIP in respect of the three 
financial years 2022 to 2024;

 ▪ assessing the performance of the Group and each Executive 
Director against the pre-determined targets for 2022, and 
determining final outcomes for the year under the Annual 
Bonus Scheme; details of which are set out in the following 
pages;

 ▪ reviewing and approving the grant of awards to certain 

individuals under the Performance Share Plan;

 ▪ conducting a consultation with major shareholders in relation 
to the vote on the Remuneration Report at the AGM in 2022, 
which was passed with less than 80% majority; and 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Report

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (the “Policy”) has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Large and Medium-
sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as amended in 2019, the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (2018), and the Listing Rules. 

The Policy sets out the Company’s policy on remuneration for Executive and Non-Executive Directors and will be subject to a binding 
shareholder vote at the Annual General Meeting to be held in May 2023. If approved, the Policy will take effect from 1 January 2023 and 
will last for three years. 

General principles
Our policy for Directors’ remuneration arrangements and practices is based on certain general principles, which are that 
remuneration should:

 ▪ be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain Directors in order to deliver the Group’s strategic and financial goals;

 ▪ support the Group’s vision, purpose and values;

 ▪ align interests of Directors with those of shareholders and other key stakeholders;

 ▪ be simple and transparent; and

 ▪ for Executive Directors, ensure that an appropriate proportion of the overall remuneration package is incentive pay, determined by 

reference to individual performance, Group performance and market conditions.

The Committee has been careful to take full account of the remuneration-related provisions contained in the Code in our design 
considerations. With regard to the six factors outlined in Provision 40 of the Code, these have been addressed as follows:

 ▪ Clarity – Our remuneration framework is structured to support financial delivery and the achievement of strategic objectives, 

aligning the interests of Executive Directors with those of our shareholders. Our Policy is transparent and well understood by our 
Senior Executive team. It has been clearly articulated herein for the benefit of our shareholders and representative bodies.

 ▪ Simplicity – Our remuneration framework is straightforward to communicate and operate. We have operated the same simple and 

transparent overarching structure for several years and applied it on a consistent basis.

 ▪ Risk – Our incentives have been structured to ensure that they are aligned with the Board’s system of risk management and risk 

appetite. Inappropriate risk-taking is discouraged and mitigated through, for example (i) the operation of arrangements that provide 
an appropriate balance of fixed pay to short- and long-term incentive pay and through multiple performance measures based on 
a blend of financial, non-financial and shareholder return targets, (ii) the deferral of a proportion of annual bonus into shares and 
the operation of a post-vesting holding period for the LTIP, (iii) the operation of significant in-employment and post-employment 
shareholding guidelines, and (iv) the operation of robust recovery and withholding provisions.

 ▪ Predictability – Our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, with our share plans also subject to dilution limits. The Committee 
has full discretion to alter the pay-out level or vesting outcome to ensure payments are appropriately aligned with the underlying 
performance of the Company.

 ▪ Proportionality – Ensuring Executive Directors are not rewarded for failure underscores our approach to remuneration. For example, 

the significant proportion of our packages is based on long-term performance targets linked to the KPIs of the Company, and 
through our ability and openness to the use of discretion to ensure appropriate outcomes. There is a clear link between individual 
awards, delivery of strategy and our long-term performance. As mentioned above, formulaic incentive outcomes are reviewed by 
the Committee and may be adjusted having consideration to overall Group performance and wider workforce remuneration policies 
and practices.

 ▪ Alignment to culture – Our Policy is aligned to our culture and values. The Committee strives to instil a sustainable performance 

and continuous improvement culture at the management level that can cascade down throughout the Company. The Board sets the 
framework of KPIs against which we monitor the performance of the Company and the Committee links the performance metrics 
of our incentive arrangements to those KPIs. We are also keen to foster a culture of share ownership throughout the Company and 
operate all-employee share arrangements in pursuit of this objective.

Changes to the Policy
The key changes to this Policy from the one approved by shareholders on 30 December 2020 are as follows:

 ▪ an increase to the shareholding guideline applying to Executive Directors;

 ▪ removal of the ability to provide a pension contribution rate for new recruits which is higher than the workforce rate and including 

the ability to pay a pension contribution in cash;

 ▪ dividend equivalents may be payable on dividends payable during the relevant vesting and holding periods for vested share awards; 

 ▪ the inclusion of additional malus and clawback triggers and to ensure consistency between our schemes; 

 ▪ the inclusion of Committee override provisions in the incentive schemes to take account of overall business and/or individual 

performance over the relevant assessment periods; 

 ▪ the inclusion of the ability to pay outplacement, professional legal fees and/or statutory entitlements or payments to settle a claim 

in the event of termination of employment; and

 ▪ greater detail on our policies for recruitment and loss of office.

54 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Policy table
The table below sets out the Directors’ Remuneration Policy for each element of pay. 

Element of remuneration and link to strategy

Base salary
Supports the recruitment, 
motivation and retention 
of Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the 
Group’s strategy.

Operation
Base salary is set on appointment, paid monthly and typically reviewed annually, with any 
increases normally applying from 1 April.

Framework
Base salary and reviews are assessed by the Committee on both Group and individual performance 
and, in the case of new Directors, their prior experience and skills. Consideration is also given to 
pay increases for other employees in the Group and to comparable pay for similar roles at similar 
companies. Where appropriate, the Committee will engage external remuneration consultants 
for benchmarking.

Maximum opportunity
Salaries will be eligible for increases during the period that this policy operates. Executives’ 
increases will take into consideration a number of factors including the wider workforce increase, 
country-specific inflation, and individual performance. Increases beyond workforce pay awards 
may be made, for example, where there is a change of incumbent, in responsibility, experience or 
a significant increase in the scale of the role and/or size, value and/or complexity of the Group.

Pension
Supports the recruitment, 
motivation and retention 
of Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the 
Group’s strategy.

Operation
Pension contributions are made by the Company to a defined contribution scheme operated by 
a third party provider or may be payable as a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

Framework
Directors are eligible to make pension contributions by utilising the Company’s approved pension 
scheme arrangements from time to time. The Company will match the Directors’ pension 
contributions up to the specified maximum.

Benefits
Supports the recruitment, 
motivation and retention 
of Directors of the calibre 
required to deliver the 
Group’s strategy.

Maximum opportunity
The Company matches the Directors’ pension contribution up to a maximum of 5% of base salary, 
in line with the general UK employee population.

Operation
Benefits include private healthcare/medical insurance, dental insurance and death in service 
insurance (life assurance cover equal to 4 times base salary). Executives will be eligible for any 
other benefits which are introduced for the wider workforce on similar terms. 

Any reasonable business-related expenses (and any tax thereon) can be reimbursed if determined 
to be a taxable benefit.

For external and internal appointments or relocations, the Company may pay certain relocation 
and/or incidental expenses as appropriate.

Framework
Directors are eligible to subscribe for benefits by selecting their preferred benefits options via the 
Company’s approved benefits provider from time to time.

Maximum opportunity
The value of benefits may vary from year to year depending on the cost of the Company from third 
party providers. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

55

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
Remuneration Report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued

Element of remuneration and link to strategy

Annual Bonus 
Rewards and incentivises the 
Executive Directors to deliver 
annual strategic, financial and 
operational goals.

Operation
The annual bonus is calculated after the end of the financial year based on predetermined targets. 

The annual bonus consists of a mix of cash and shares. The Committee retains discretion to 
determine the annual bonus split between cash and shares (which by default is 50:50) and to 
make appropriate adjustments having regard to the prevailing circumstances. 

The cash element of the bonus is normally paid at or after the time of release of the final audited results. 
The shares are deferred for two years and then released.

Dividends or dividend equivalents may accrue on vested deferred bonus awards.

The Committee has discretion to amend the pay-out should any formulaic outcome not reflect 
the Committee’s assessment of overall business and/or individual performance.

Framework
The Committee determines the relevant performance targets at the start of each financial year. 

Targets are set predominantly (at least 75%) in relation to financial measures, with the balance 
based on non-financial objectives. 

Payments and awards are subject to malus and clawback.

Maximum opportunity
The maximum potential annual bonus is 100% of base salary. 

Long-Term Share 
Incentive Plan 
Rewards and incentivises 
Executive Directors to deliver 
long-term financial growth 
and shareholder returns.

Operation
This plan is operated pursuant to the rules of the Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 and is linked to 
the Annual Bonus. 

At the time that the Annual Bonus is determined, an annual award of matching shares is granted 
under this plan, the quantum of which is linked to the number of deferred shares awarded in the 
Annual Bonus. 

Acts as a retention 
mechanism. 

Matching awards are subject to a three-year vesting period and will only vest if and to the extent 
that pre-determined targets are achieved over that period. 

Aligns Directors’ interests with 
the long-term interests of 
shareholders and other key 
stakeholders. 

Awards are subject to continuous employment, post-vesting holding, and malus and clawback. 

Dividends or dividend equivalents may accrue on vested matching share awards.

The Committee retains discretion to adjust vesting levels in exceptional circumstances, including 
but not limited to an assessment of the overall performance of the business or individual over the 
three-year period.

Framework
The Committee determines the relevant targets for growth and returns measures. 

The performance is assessed over three years. 

Maximum opportunity
The maximum award in respect of a year is 4x the number of (gross of tax) deferred shares 
awarded under the Annual Bonus in the year of grant.

56 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEElement of remuneration and link to strategy

Performance Share 
Plan 2020
Rewards and incentivises 
Executive Directors for 
creation of shareholder value. 

Acts as a retention 
mechanism. 

Directly aligns financial 
incentives with returns to 
shareholders. 

Operation
This plan is operated pursuant to the rules of the Performance Share Plan 2020.

Share awards are made at the Committee’s discretion. Awards are subject to performance 
conditions specified at the time of grant by the Committee and a three-year vesting period. 

Awards are subject to continuous employment, post-vesting holding, and malus and clawback. 

Dividends or dividend equivalents may accrue on vested performance share awards.

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to adjust vesting levels in exceptional 
circumstances, including but not limited to an assessment of the overall performance of the 
business or individual over the three-year period.

Chair and Non-Executive 
Director fees
Supports the recruitment and 
retention of individuals of the 
calibre required to constitute 
an effective Board and 
contribute to the Company’s 
long-term success.

Framework
Awards vest subject to the achievement of performance criteria. A material proportion of an award 
is linked to performance conditions directly aligned to shareholder value growth. An award will not 
normally vest unless and until the Company’s share price has increased by at least 20% relative to 
the share price at the date of grant.

Maximum opportunity
The maximum award in respect of a year is 100% of base salary or up to 200% in exceptional 
circumstances.

Operation
Fees for Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board (excluding Non-Executive Directors) and 
paid monthly. 

Framework
A basic fee is set for normal duties, commensurate with fees paid for similar roles in other similar 
companies, taking account of the time commitment and responsibilities. A supplemental fee is 
paid for the Chair role, SID role and for each Committee Chair role. 

Additional fees may be paid for services outside of the normal duties subject to prior agreement 
with the Company. 

Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for pensions, incentives, bonus or any similar payments 
other than normal out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of the business. 

Compensation for loss of office is not payable to Non-Executive Directors.

Maximum opportunity
Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually. Current fees are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

57

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued
Remuneration Policy considerations
Selection of performance measures
The performance measures for the Annual Bonus and awards 
under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan are selected to 
reflect the main KPIs and strategic priorities for the Group. The 
performance measures for awards under the Performance Share 
Plan are selected to directly align awards with shareholder value 
growth and to reflect key drivers of shareholder value growth. 
The Committee’s policy is to set performance targets which 
are both challenging and achievable and that the maximum 
outcomes are only available for outstanding performance.

Performance conditions applying to subsisting awards may 
be amended or substituted by the Committee if an event 
occurs (such as a change in strategy, a material acquisition or 
divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market 
conditions) which causes the Committee to determine that the 
measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is 
required in order that they achieve their original purpose.

Operation of share plans and exercise of discretion
The Remuneration Committee operates the annual bonus, 
Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and Performance Share Plan 
according to the rules of each respective plan which, consistent 
with market practice, include certain discretions in relation to the 
operation of each plan, such as:

 ▪ who participates in the plan, the quantum of an award and/or 

payment and the timing of awards and/or payments;

 ▪ determining the extent of vesting;

 ▪ treatment of awards and/or payments on a change of control 

or restructuring of the Group;

 ▪ whether an Executive Director or a senior manager is a good/ 

bad leaver for incentive plan purposes and whether the 
proportion of awards that vest do so at the time of leaving or 
at the normal vesting date(s);

 ▪ how and whether an award may be adjusted in certain 

circumstances (e.g. for a rights issue, a corporate restructuring 
or for special dividends);

 ▪ what the weighting, measures and targets should be for the 
annual bonus plan, matching and performance share plan 
awards from year to year;

 ▪ the Committee also retains the ability, within the policy, if 

events occur that cause it to determine that the conditions 
set in relation to an annual bonus plan, share matching plan 
or performance share plan award are no longer appropriate or 
unable to fulfil their original intended purpose, to adjust targets 
and/or set different measures or weightings for the applicable 
annual bonus plan, share matching plan and performance 
share plan awards with, in the case of share awards held 
by Executive Directors, adjusted performance conditions 
being not materially less difficult to satisfy than the original 
conditions would have been but for the relevant event(s); and

 ▪ the ability to override formulaic outcomes in line with policy.

Share ownership guidelines
The Company expects Executive Directors to build up and 
maintain a shareholding in the Company of a market value 
equal to 200% of base salary or more, including beneficially 
owned shares and any fully vested share awards/options (after 
deducting any unpaid acquisition or exercise costs). Executive 
Directors are expected not to dispose of any shares acquired 
under any Company share plan until he or she meets the 
minimum share ownership guideline. 

Shares acquired by Directors pursuant to the Long-Term Share 
Incentive Plan and the Performance Share Plan are subject to 
a two-year post vesting holding period during which acquired 
shares may not be disposed of, save in cases of hardship 
or other circumstances where the Committee considers it 
appropriate. Any shares that are sold to discharge the option 
holder’s fiscal (including tax) obligations are not treated as having 
been acquired.

Post employment, the Company expects Executive Directors to 
retain a shareholding valued at not less than 100% of base salary 
based on the share price at cessation (or, if lower, the value of 
shareholding upon cessation), for a period of one year following 
termination of employment, save in cases of hardship or other 
circumstances where the Committee considers it appropriate. 
Any shares disposed of during this period are required to be 
done in co-ordination with the Company and its brokers in order 
to ensure an orderly market is maintained. 

Malus and clawback
In the event of gross misconduct, fraud, malpractice, a material 
misstatement of results, a material breach of risk management, 
error in assessing performance conditions, corporate failure or 
insolvency, or other circumstances that, in the opinion of the 
Committee, have a sufficiently serious impact on the reputation 
of any Group business, the Committee may:

 ▪ require repayment of some or all of any Annual Bonus 

payment (including by way of reduction in the number of 
deferred shares released) for up to three years following 
payment; and/or

 ▪ reduce or cancel a vested or unvested share award made 

under any Company plan or require the participant to make 
a payment to the Company at any time from the date of grant 
of the award until three years after vesting of the award. 

Legacy arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration 
payments and payments for loss of office, notwithstanding that 
they are not in line with the Remuneration Policy, where the 
terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy came 
into effect or (ii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a 
Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, 
the payment was not in consideration for the individual 
becoming a Director of the Company. For these purposes 
“payments” includes the Committee satisfying awards of variable 
remuneration and, in relation to an award over shares, the terms 
of the payment are “agreed” at the time the award is granted.

All assessments of performance are ultimately subject to 
the Committee’s judgement and discretion is retained to 
adjust payments in appropriate circumstances as outlined 
in this Policy. Any material discretion exercised (and the 
rationale) will be disclosed.

Recruitment of Directors
The Company’s Nomination Committee is responsible for 
leading the process for Board appointments and making 
recommendations to the Board. Refer to the Nomination 
Committee Report for details.

New Directors will be offered remuneration packages in line with 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy in force at the time, with new 
appointments subject to the same remuneration principles as 
apply to incumbent Directors. 

58 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIndividuals who are recruited or promoted to the Board may have 
their initial basic salary set at a lower level than would otherwise 
be the case, until they become established in their Board role. 
Subsequent increases in their salary may be higher than the 
average, subject to their ongoing performance and development. 

Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Committee 
may deem it appropriate to set different annual bonus 
performance conditions for the first performance year of 
appointment. A Performance Share Plan award can be made 
shortly following an appointment (assuming the Company is 
not in a close period). In the case of an internal appointment, 
any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role 
would be allowed to pay out according to its terms, adjusted as 
relevant to take into account the appointment.

In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or 
share-based buyout awards when it considers these to be in the 
best interests of the Company (and therefore shareholders) to 
take account of remuneration given up at the individual’s former 
employer. This includes the use of awards made under 9.4.2 of 
the Listing Rules. Such awards would be capped at a reasonable 
estimate of the value foregone and would reflect, as far as 
possible, the delivery mechanism, time horizons and whether 
performance requirements are attached to that remuneration. 
Shareholders will be informed of any such payments at the time 
of appointment and/or in the next published Annual Report.

For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, 
the fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the 
approved Remuneration Policy.

Service contracts, letters of appointment 
It is the Company’s policy to offer Executive Directors service 
contracts terminable with a maximum of twelve months’ rolling 
notice from either side. 

None of the Non-Executive Directors have a service contract. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice. Chair and Non-
Executive Director appointments are subject to Board approval 
and election by shareholders at each Annual General Meeting.

Copies of service contracts and letters of appointment are held 
at the Company’s registered office. 

Leavers and policy on payments for loss of office 
The Company may terminate the contract with immediate effect 
with or without cause by making a payment in lieu of notice by 
monthly instalments of salary and benefits, with reductions for 
any amounts received from providing services to others during 
this period. There are no obligations to make payments beyond 
those disclosed elsewhere in this report.

The Remuneration Committee strongly endorses the obligation 
on an Executive Director to mitigate any loss on early termination 
and will seek to reduce the amount payable on termination 
where it is appropriate to do so. The Committee will also take 
care to ensure that, while meeting its contractual obligations, 
poor performance is not rewarded. The Executive Directors’ 
contracts contain early termination provisions consistent with 
the Policy outlined above.

The Group may pay reasonable outplacement and professional 
legal fees incurred by Executives in finalising their termination 
arrangements, where considered appropriate, and may pay 
any statutory entitlements or settle compromise claims in 
connection with a termination of employment, where considered 
in the best interests of the Company. Outstanding savings/
shares under all-employee share plans would be transferred in 
accordance with the terms of the plans.

A pro-rated bonus may be paid subject to performance, for the 
period of active service only. Outstanding share awards may vest 
in accordance with the provisions of the various scheme rules.

Deferred shares awarded under the Annual Bonus are beneficially 
owned by the Executive and will be available to them upon 
leaving, save for forfeiture for serious misconduct. Clawback 
and malus provisions will also apply. 

Under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and PSP, any 
outstanding awards will ordinarily lapse, however in “good leaver” 
cases the default treatment is that awards will vest subject to 
the original performance condition and time proration and the 
holding period will normally continue to apply.

For added flexibility, the rules allow for the Committee to decide 
not to pro-rate (or pro-rate to a lesser extent) if it decides it 
is appropriate to do so, and to allow vesting to be triggered at 
the point of leaving by reference to performance to that date, 
rather than waiting until the end of the performance period. 
On a change of control, any vesting of awards will be subject to 
assessment of performance against the performance conditions 
and normally be pro-rated.

Where a buy-out award is made under the Listing Rules then the 
leaver provisions would be determined at the time of the award.

Wider staff employment conditions
The Committee considers pay and employment conditions 
of other staff members of the Group when designing and 
setting executive remuneration. Executive Directors are 
compensated following similar frameworks as the general 
employee population, although the quantum differs due to the 
responsibilities attached to such roles. Executive Director pay 
reviews are set within the context of employee increases, with 
changes reflecting not only performance (individual and Group) 
but relevant competence and skills as would be applied to any 
other employee, as well as country-specific inflationary rates. 
Underpinning all pay is an intention to be fair to all staff, taking 
into account the individual’s seniority and local market practices.

Consultation with shareholders
The Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue with 
shareholders and seeks the views of significant shareholders 
when any major changes are being made to remuneration 
arrangements. The Committee takes into account the views of 
significant shareholders when formulating and implementing the 
policy. All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Company’s 
AGM, and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee is available 
for meetings with shareholders should they have any concerns 
about remuneration matters. 

Consultation with employees and consideration of 
employment conditions 
The Company does not consult directly with employees when 
formulating and implementing the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy. However, when making decisions in relation to Executive 
pay and structures, the Committee takes into consideration 
terms and conditions elsewhere in the Group and the results of 
the Group’s annual engagement survey. The Group’s remuneration 
strategy and practices for the general employee population 
is determined in terms of best practice and ensuring that the 
Company is able to attract, motivate and retain people with the 
necessary skills and experience to advance the Group’s strategic, 
financial and operational objectives. All employees are eligible to 
share in the success of the Group through performance-related 
remuneration and share ownership through an annual bonus and 
annual share matching plan (operated pursuant to the Deferred 
Share Bonus Plan). At the recommendation of Executive Directors 
and discretion of the Committee, certain key employees also 
participate in the Performance Share Plan. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

59

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Report continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy continued
Consultation with employees and consideration of employment conditions continued
The Committee is kept updated throughout the year on general employment conditions and makes recommendations to the Board for 
the budget for annual salary increases. Furthermore, the Committee’s oversight extends to the first level of management below Executive 
Directors, for which it approves and monitors the level and structure of remuneration. Where share awards are granted, the conditions 
are substantially the same for all participants, with the size of awards determined by seniority or other relevant factors.

Illustration of Remuneration scenarios
The following graphs set out an illustration of Executive Director pay for 2023. The potential reward opportunities for 2023 are based on 
the Remuneration Policy described herein. Projected values exclude the impact of share price movement (except in scenario 4) and the 
payment of dividends and actual outcomes may differ from those shown. Projected values also exclude any potential discretionary awards 
under the Performance Share Plan 2020. 

Four different remuneration scenarios for 2023 are provided, as follows:

 ▪ the “minimum” scenario includes base salary, pension and benefits (“fixed remuneration”) which are the elements of Executive 

Director pay that are not at risk;

 ▪ the “on-target” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus an on-target bonus of 50% of base salary under the Annual Bonus (50% 

cash and 50% shares) and an assumption that related matching shares will vest three years later under the Long-Term Share 
Incentive Plan based on a 2x multiple of the shares awarded under the Annual Bonus, and PSP awards vesting at 50% of maximum; 

 ▪ the “maximum” scenario includes fixed remuneration, plus a maximum bonus of 100% of base salary under the Annual Bonus (50% 
cash and 50% shares) and an assumption that matching shares will vest three years later under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan 
based on a 4x multiple of the shares awarded under the Annual Bonus, and PSP awards vest at full on the basis of a 100% of salary 
grant; and

 ▪ the “maximum plus 50% share price increase” scenario, which includes the maximum scenario as described above plus the impact 

of a 50% increase to share price applied to matching and PSP share awards.

Illustration of the application of the Policy

Ian Manocha

Minimum

100%

£288,926

Tom Mullan

Minimum

100%

£180,415

On-target

35%

16%

50%

£837,040

On-target

35%

16%

49%

£517,635

Maximum

21% 20%

59%

£1,385,154

Maximum

21%

20%

59%

£854,855

Max with 
growth 

16% 15%

46%

23%

£1,796,239

Max with 
growth 

16%

15%

46%

23%

£1,107,770

 ▪ Total Fixed Remuneration

 ▪ Annual Bonus

 ▪ Share Matching and PSP

 ▪ Share price growth

Annual Report on Remuneration 
Role of the Remuneration Committee
The Committee’s key role is to determine and operate a Remuneration Policy that supports the Company’s strategy and promotes 
long-term sustainable success and aligns the interests of Directors and Senior Executives with those of shareholders. 

The Committee’s primary responsibilities include: 

 ▪ setting remuneration incentives to attract, retain and motive Senior Executives and other key employees of the quality required to 

run the Company successfully and support its strategy and its long-term success, without paying more than is necessary;

 ▪ approving the total individual remuneration package of each Executive Director and each member of the Senior Executive team;

 ▪ reviewing and setting performance targets for Executive Director and Senior Management incentive plans including annual bonus 

and long-term share plans; 

 ▪ determining remuneration outcomes in relation to performance-related pay for Executive Directors and Senior Management;

 ▪ reviewing and approving equity awards under the Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors and Senior Management; and 

 ▪ having oversight of pay across the wider workforce when making decisions on Senior Executive pay.

Details of the Committee’s operation, roles and responsibilities are set out in terms of reference, which are available on the 
Company’s website. 

The Committee addressed the following main topics during the year:

 ▪ reviewed and approved the remuneration packages for the Executive Directors including base salary increases for 2022;

 ▪ determined the annual bonus and LTIP/PSP outcomes in respect of the financial period ending 31 December 2021;

 ▪ reviewed and approved the metrics applying to incentive schemes granted in 2022; and

 ▪ carried out a review of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

The Committee seeks professional advice where it considers it appropriate to do so. In the year, the Group engaged FIT Remuneration 
Consultants to carry out a review of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy with total fees paid in the year of £4,800 (2021: £7,000 to 
Grant Thornton). 

60 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEImplementation of Policy for 2023
 ▪ Base salary: base salary for the Executive Directors is increased by 6.5% effective 1 April 2023. The average staff increase is 6.6%. 

 ▪ Pension: a maximum matching contribution of 5% will be provided.

 ▪ Annual bonus: the annual bonus opportunity will be 100% of base salary, with target measures and weightings to be consistent 
with 2022 and the Remuneration Policy. In line with the Company’s standard practice, details of the targets to be disclosed 
retrospectively in next year’s report.

 ▪ Long-Term Share Incentive Plan: matching shares will be granted in 2023 based on the 2022 annual bonus outcome. The maximum 

matching awards will be 4x the value of the deferred bonus. These awards will vest after three years and are subject to the 
performance criteria for growth (Group revenue (excluding low fixed-margin contracting business)) and returns (“TSR”). The targets 
applying to each measure are not disclosed on the grounds of being commercially sensitive but retrospective disclosure of the 
targets and outcomes will be provided in the report for the year in which the award has vested. 

 ▪ Performance Share Plan: the Committee retains discretion to make PSP awards in the year. Any awards granted to Directors will be 

disclosed through regulatory announcements and reported on in next year’s report. 

 ▪ Chair and NED fees: to be increased by 5% effective 1 April 2023. 

Single figure for total remuneration (audited information)
The following table sets out the single figure for total remuneration for Directors for the financial years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021:

31 December 2022

Executive Directors 
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Non-Executive Directors 
P Simmonds
A Balchin 
J Knott
R Wandhöfer 

Base 

 salary/fees (4) 

 £ 

Benefits 
 in kind (3) 

 £ 

Annual
 bonus (1)

 £

Long-Term Share 

Incentive

 plan (2)
 £ 

Pension
 £

Total 
fixed 
 pay 
 £ 

Total 
variable

 pay (5)
 £

Total 
 2022 
 £

274,057
168,610

1,166
3,374

156,467
94,363

13,691
8,418

160,172
103,999

288,914
180,402

331,639
230,362

620,553
410,764

80,000
45,000
45,000
40,000

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

80,000
45,000
45,000
40,000

—
—
—
—

80,000
45,000
45,000
40,000

652,667

4,540

250,830

22,109

264,171

679,316

562,001

1,241,317

(1)  Comprises the total value of bonus of which 50% is paid in shares.

(2)  These figures represent the estimated value of Long-Term Share Incentive Plan awards granted on 20 March 2020 based on the average share price for the 

three-month period ending 31 December 2022 of 154 pence.

(3)  Benefits in kind include provision of private healthcare and death in service insurance.

(4)  Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan received a base salary increase of 0.6% and 1.2% respectively in 2022. The average increase across Group employees in 2022 was 4.7%.

(5)  Includes an additional bonus of £15,000 (CEO) and £32,000 (CFO), in line with disclosures made in 2021. 

31 December 2021

Executive Directors 
I Manocha 
T Mullan

Non-Executive Directors 
P Simmonds  
(appointed 1 Aug 2020) 
A Balchin 
J Knott  
(appointed 12 Oct 2020) 
R Wandhöfer  
(appointed 12 Oct 2020) 

Base 
salary/fees 
£ 

Benefits 
in kind (3) 
£ 

Annual
bonus (1)
£ 

IFRS 2 share-
based payment

Pension
£

 charge (2) 

£ 

Total 
fixed pay 
£ 

Total 
variable 
pay (4)
£

Total 
2021 
£

271,717 
166,595

1,887
3,103

135,057
83,173

13,574
8,317

64,813
51,367

287,178
178,015

329,870
187,540

617,048
365,555

80,000
45,000

45,000

40,000

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

80,000 
45,000 

— 

45,000 

— 

40,000 

— 
— 

— 

— 

80,000
45,000

45,000

40,000

648,312

4,990

218,230

21,891

116,180

675,193

517,410

1,192,603

(1)  Comprises the total value of bonus of which 50% is paid in shares.

(2)  IFRS 2 share-based payment charges referred to in the table above are accounting charges that are calculated in accordance with applicable accounting rules as 

set out in note 23 of the Group financial statements. These charges do not represent cash payments.

(3)  Benefits in kind include provision of private healthcare and death in service insurance.

(4)  Includes an additional bonus of £130,000 (CEO) and £53,000 (CFO), in line with disclosures made in 2021.

IFRS 2 share-based payment charges referred to in the table above are accounting charges that are calculated in accordance with 
applicable accounting rules as set out in note 23 of the Group financial statements. These charges do not represent cash payments. 
Benefits in kind include provision of private healthcare and death-in-service insurance.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

61

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
Variable pay outcomes for 2022
The variable element of Director pay in 2022 comprises a performance-based bonus under the Annual Bonus Scheme and an equity 
award under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan. In addition, details of the Directors’ unvested and/or unexercised (as the case may 
be) awards under the Performance Share Plan and the Share Option Plan 2010 are included in this section. 

Performance-based bonus under the Annual Bonus Scheme
The annual bonus awards in respect of 2022 for Executive Directors are set out in the table below. These awards have been initially 
assessed by the Committee by reference to predetermined annual performance targets linked to Group objectives and individual 
performance objectives. 

Measure

Clareti ARR
Group revenue
Clareti cash EBITDA
Group adjusted EBITDA
Personal objectives

Bonus Payment outcome

Weighting

Threshold

Target (3)

Actual

 (CEO) (3)

 (CFO) (3)

% achieved

% achieved

33.75%
11.25%
15%
15%
25%

£22.5m
£33.6m
£2.6m
£7.4m
—

£28.9m
£43.3m
£3.3m
£9.5m
—

£28.1m (1)
£48.7m
£4.4m (2)
£10.3m (2)

—

67%
145%
143%
242%
70%

114%

67%
145%
143%
242%
60%

112%

(1)  For the purposes of calculating bonus award, Clareti ARR constant currency was used, which was £26.3m. This resulted in a downward adjustment of bonus 

outcome, being deemed appropriate by the Committee for this measure due to the significant impact of currency fluctuations on this measure.

(2)  In line with normal practice, Group cash EBITDA and Group Adjusted EBITDA were normalised to £4.6m and £10.6m respectively for the purposes of calculating % 

achievement to align with on-target bonus accruals at start of year.

(3)  Target figures shown represent the attainment required to achieve 100% of on-target bonus. The % achieved is a reference to the % of the target of that 

measure earned.

The measures and weightings applied in 2022 were updated from 2021 by the Committee to recognise the evolution and changing 
shape of the business. In particular, the weighting of Clareti ARR was increased to 33.75% (from 30%) with a corresponding reduction 
to the weighting allocated to Group revenue, reflecting the Group’s strategic focus on growing Clareti ARR. Furthermore, the Group 
cash EBITDA measure was introduced instead of Clareti cash EBITDA to emphasise the importance of cash profitability at Group level.

Each of the CEO and CFO were set personal objectives, the aggregate of which made up 25% of their respective bonus opportunity. For 
the CEO, these objectives included key account wins, Electra ARR and net retention growth, successful completion of certain strategic 
customer projects, execution of product strategy, improvement in sales metrics, employee engagement targets, and expansion of the 
institutional investor base. For the CFO, these objectives included management reporting enhancements, development of the FP&A 
function, realisation of investment synergies, as well as certain finance, and investor relation targets. 

As disclosed in the 2021 report, an additional performance-related bonus was paid to the CEO and CFO in relation to certain pre-
determined integration-related objectives; the amounts paid were £32,000 and £15,000 respectively.

Equity awards under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
Awards were made under the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan on 20 March 2020 and were granted in accordance with the rules of the 
plan and the Remuneration Policy.

These awards were subject to the following measures, calculated over the three financial years 2020, 2021 and 2022.

TSR
Group Revenue(1)

(1)  Excluding Electra.

Weighting

Threshold

Maximum

50%
50%

112%
116%

140%
144%

Actual 
performance

160%
146%

% vesting

100%
100%

Overall, the March 2020 awards are expected to vest at 100% of maximum. As these awards will vest on 20 March 2023 which is after 
the date this report has been signed off, the figures in the single figure table are based on an estimated share price of 154p, being the 
three-month average share price to 31 December 2022. 

62 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEquity awards granted during 2022
The table below provides details of share awards made to I Manocha and T Mullan on 31 March 2022:

Type of Award

Basis of Award

Number of 
shares under award

Face value of
award (£’000)

% vesting
at threshold

Vesting/End of
performance period

I Manocha

Deferred bonus award

50% of 2021 bonus

LTIP award

4x deferred bonus award

Nil cost Option

T Mullan

Deferred bonus award

50% of 2021 bonus

LTIP award

4x deferred bonus award

Nil cost option

The performance conditions applying to the LTIP awards are as follows:

23,018

87,472

14,175

53,868

£35,540

£135,057

£21,886

£83,173

n/a

0%

n/a

0%

31 March 2025

31 March 2025

31 March 2025

31 March 2025

Measure

TSR
Group Revenue

Weighting

Threshold

Maximum

50%
50%

20%
10%

75%
37%

Interests in options and conditional share awards (audited information)
The Group operated the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan and the Performance Share Plan (as shown in the Remuneration Policy) 
during the year, as well as the Share Option Plan 2010 (which is closed for new awards). The interests of the Directors under those 
plans at the start and end of the year are as set out in the tables below. The interests of the Directors to subscribe for or acquire 
ordinary shares have not changed since the year end. Further details concerning the plans, including vesting conditions, can be found 
in note 23 of the Group financial statements.

Long-Term Share Incentive Plan
The following table sets out the outstanding awards to Directors pursuant to the Long-Term Share Incentive Plan. Vesting is subject 
to performance and retention conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. No awards are made to Non-Executive Directors. 

Awards at 
1 January 20212

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Awards at 
31 December
 2022 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise 
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2)
I Manocha(1) (2)
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)
T Mullan(1) (2)

104,008 
137,937
—
67,532
84,456
—

—
—
87,472
—
—
53,868

393,933

141,340

— 
—
—
—
—
—

— 

— 
104,008
— 137,937
—
87,472
—
67,532
—
84,456
—
53,868

— 535,273

20.03.20
31.03.21
31.03.22
20.03.20
31.03.21
31.03.22

nil
nil
nil
nil
nil
nil

20.03.23
31.03.24
31.03.25
20.03.23
31.03.24
31.03.25

20.03.30
31.03.31
31.03.32
20.03.30
31.03.31
31.03.32

(1)  Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2)  Yet to vest.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

63

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
Interests in options and conditional share awards (audited information) continued
Performance Share Plan 2020 
The following table sets out the number of outstanding awards granted to Directors pursuant to the Performance Share Plan 2020. 
Vesting is subject to performance conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. There are no outstanding awards to Non-
Executive Directors.

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2) (3)
T Mullan(3)

Awards at 
1 January 
2022 

203,000
75,000

278,000

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Awards at 
31 December
 2021 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise 
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

—
—

—

—
—

—

— 203,000
—
75,000

21.10.21
21.10.21

nil
nil

21.10.24
21.10.24

21.10.31
21.10.31

— 278,000

(1)  Awards over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising upon vesting.

(2)  The share award includes a base award of 135,000 shares and an additional potential award of up to 68,000 shares in the event of exceptional performance.

(3)  Yet to vest.

Share Option Plan 2010
The following table sets out the number of outstanding options granted to Directors pursuant to the Share Option Plan 2010. 
Vesting is subject to performance conditions in accordance with the rules of the plan. There are no outstanding awards to 
Non-Executive Directors.

Executive Directors 
I Manocha(1) (2)
T Mullan(2)
T Mullan(2)

Options at 
1 January 2021

1,500,000 
200,000
100,000

1,800,000 

Granted 

Cancelled 

Exercised 

Options at 
31 December
 2021 

Date of 
grant 

Exercise
price 

Date first
 exercisable 

Expiry date 

— 
—
—

—

— 
—
—

— 

—  1,500,000 
— 200,000
— 100,000

01.06.15
14.03.18
28.03.19

111p 
227p
97p

01.06.18
14.03.21
28.03.22

01.06.25
14.03.28
28.03.29

— 1,800,000

(1)  Options over which the Director has agreed to pay any employer’s National Insurance arising from the exercise of the options.

(2)  Vested.

Directors’ shareholding and share interests
Beneficial interests of Directors, their families and trusts in ordinary shares of the Company at 31 December 2022 were:

No. of shares owned  
outright (inc. 
connected persons)

Unvested 
LTIP awards

Unvested 
PSP awards

Vested share 
option awards 
(subject to exercise)

Shareholding as 
a % of salary as at 
31 Dec 2022 (1)

Shareholding as 
a % of salary as at 
31 Dec 2021 (2)

I Manocha
T Mullan
P Simmonds
A Balchin 
J Knott
R Wandhöfer 

136,052
48,238
92,500
17,608
31,250
19,653

329,417
205,856
—
—
—
—

203,000
75,000
—
—
—
—

1,500,000
300,000
—
—
—
—

88%
51%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

72%
35%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil). 

64 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
Percentage change in Directors’ remuneration
The following table shows the percentage change in each Executive and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration compared with the 
average change for all employees of the Company for the year ended 31 December 2022. The prior year change is also shown and this 
will build up over time to cover a rolling five-year period.

I Manocha
T Mullan
P Simmonds2
A Balchin 
J Knott2
R Wandhöfer2 
All employees1

Salary/Fee

Pension and other benefits

Annual bonus

2022

2021

2022

2021

+1%
+1%
0%
0%
0%
0%
+5%

+2%
+2%
N/A
+9%
N/A
N/A
+2%

-4%
+3%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
+3%

-1%
+4%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
+6%

2022

+16%
+13%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
+9%

2021

+21%
+22%
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
+22%

(1)  The comparative is all staff (around 220 people) because this group is considered to be the most relevant, due to the structure of total remuneration.

(2)  J Knott, P Simmonds and R Wandhofer appointed in 2020.

The CEO to employee pay ratio disclosures have not been provided as the Group has fewer than 250 UK employees.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The chart below shows the total Directors remuneration compared to total employee pay cost and profit before tax (for continuing 
operations and before exceptional items but including distributions) for the five years ended 31 December 2022. There were no share 
buy backs in the year. 

Total employee pay compared to profit before tax (£’000)

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

(5,000)

23,800

17,920

11,953

13,104

13,499

718

366

765

708

893

1,922

1,193

3,391

977

(1,227)

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Employee pay

Profit/(loss) before tax (exc. exceptionals)

Directors’ remuneration

Comparison of Company performance
The graph below shows the Company’s performance, as measured by total shareholder return, for each of the last six financial years 
in terms of the change in value (with dividends reinvested) of an initial investment of £100 on 31 December 2012 in a holding of the 
Company’s shares against the corresponding total shareholder return in a hypothetical holding of shares in the FTSE TechMark All-
Share Index. The FTSE TechMark All-Share Index was selected as it represents a broad equity market index in which the Company is a 
constituent member.

Total shareholder return including dividend reinvestment (£)

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Gresham Technologies plc

 ▪ FTSE TechMark All-Share Index

This graph shows the value, by the end of 2021, of £100 invested in Gresham Technologies plc on 31 December 2012 compared with 
the value of £100 invested in the FTSE TechMark All-Share Index. The other points are values at intervening financial year ends.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

65

CORPORATE GOVERNANCERemuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Remuneration continued
CEO remuneration history

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

CEO

Bonus (% of 
maximum)

Pension

LTIs (% of 
maximum)

PSP (% of 
maximum)

0%
7,500

0%
7,500

0%
10,417

0%
12,500

8%
12,765

0%
12,980

22.5%
33,056

41.5%
13,350

49.7%
13,574

57%
13,691

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

100%

n/a

Total

£158,665 £158,834 £255,728 £399,924 £508,889 £349,446 £356,330 £420,377 £617,048 £620,553

Service contracts
The table below summarises key details in respect of each 
Executive Director’s contract.

Contract date

Company
notice period

Executive
notice period

I Manocha
T Mullan

15 February 2015
5 February 2018

12 months
6 months

12 months
6 months

The date of each Non-Executive appointment is set out below, 
together with the date of their last re-election by shareholders.

Each of the Non-Executive Directors has a letter of appointment. 
Appointments are for three-year terms, which may be renewed 
by mutual agreement, subject always to termination by either 
party at any time on three months’ notice.

P Simmonds
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
A Balchin

Date of initial 
appointment

Date of last 
re-election

1 Aug 2020 10 May 2022
12 Oct 2020 10 May 2022
12 Oct 2020 10 May 2022
15 May 2017 10 May 2022

All Director service contracts and letters of appointment are available 
for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s registered office, 
Aldermary House, 10–15 Queen Street, London EC4N 1TX.

Shareholder voting on remuneration resolutions 
At the last AGM, held on 10 May 2022, the following resolution was 
approved by shareholders:

Resolution

For(1)

Against

Withheld

Remuneration 
Report

45,698,087 
76.28%

14,207,636 
23.72%

—

(1)  Includes votes giving the Chair discretion.

In line with the Code requirement to consult with shareholders 
on any vote passing with less than 80% majority, the Committee 
undertook consultations with major shareholders during the year 
in order to ascertain the reasons behind the results of the vote 
on the Remuneration Report. 

Shareholders representing in excess of 70% of the voting capital 
of the Company were invited to participate, with a very high 
shareholder engagement rate (c.60% of voting share capital). 
Based on their feedback, the Committee ascertained that a 
small number of shareholders did not support the resolution 
as they do not consider that the payment of transaction-
related bonuses is appropriate as they represent a departure 
from UK remuneration best practice; they also stated that they 
would not support a further resolution involving the payment 
of transaction-related bonuses. By contrast, the majority of 
shareholder respondents did not object to these bonuses in 
2021; and, furthermore, they confirmed that they did not intend 
to object to the proposal to pay the second, smaller part of the 
bonus during 2022 in relation to integration-related objectives.

Having completed the consultation, the Committee is confident 
that it has a clear understanding of the reasons behind the 
result and has reached certain conclusions; which have been 
outlined in its published statement on remuneration consultation 
available at greshamtech.com/shareholder-documents. 

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was last approved by 
shareholders at a General Meeting held on 30 December 2020. 
Shareholder voting on this resolution was as follows:

Resolution

For(1)

Against

Withheld

Directors’ 
Remuneration  
Policy

33,487,558 
93.19%

2,445,354 
6.81%

3,000 

(1)  Includes votes giving the Chair discretion.

Jenny Knott
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
13 March 2023

66 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ Report
Registered number 01072032

The Directors present their report and the Group financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2022.

The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position, are 
set out within the Strategic Report. Disclosures in respect of 
principal risks and uncertainties, people (including employees 
and disabled employees), global greenhouse gas emissions and 
product development (incorporating research and development 
activities) are included within the Strategic Report under section 
414(c) of the Companies Act 2006. In addition, note 21 to the 
financial statements includes: the Group’s objectives; policies and 
processes for managing its capital; its financial risk management 
objectives; details of its financial instruments and, if any, hedging 
activities; and its exposures to credit risk and liquidity risk. The 
Corporate Governance Report beginning on page 46 forms part of 
the Directors’ Report.

Directors and officers
The Directors who served on the Board during the year are 
set out on pages 44 and 45. Mr J Cathie served as Company 
Secretary throughout the year. 

Results and dividends
The Group’s profit for the year, after taxation, attributable to 
equity shareholders amounted to £2,882,000 (2021: loss of 
£1,012,000). A final dividend of 0.75 pence per ordinary share 
(2021: 0.75 pence) has been recommended by the Directors. 
There has been no interim dividend (2021: £nil). 

If approved by the passing of a resolution at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting, it is intended to pay the final dividend 
on 26 May 2023 to all shareholders on the register at close 
of business on 28 April 2023. The ex-dividend date will be 27 
April 2023. 

The profit for the year has been transferred to reserves.

Going concern and viability statement
The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access to 
a strong underlying cashflow arising from long-established recurring 
revenue businesses with blue-chip customers and strong growth 
prospects being realised with its flagship Clareti solutions.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2022.

Refer to page 48 for the viability statement required pursuant to 
Provision C2.2 of the Code.

Post-balance sheet events
Events after the reporting date are set out in note 27 to the 
financial statements. 

Significant relationships
In 2022, the Group had one customer relationship considered 
to be individually significant to the Group. This relates to APAC 
operations and generates a mix of revenues from Clareti 
Solutions and Other Solutions, including strategic non-recurring 
revenues. Revenues from this customer relationship individually 
exceeded 10% of the Group’s revenue in 2022. In the opinion of 
the Directors, the Group does not have any other individually 
significant relationships. 

Fostering relationships with stakeholders
Refer to page 22 for details of the Company’s engagement 
with stakeholders. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors at 31 December 2022 and their connected persons’ 
interests in the share capital of the Company (all beneficially 
held, other than with respect to options to acquire ordinary 
shares which are detailed in the analysis of options included 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report) are as follows:

P Simmonds
A Balchin
J Knott
R Wandhöfer
I Manocha
T Mullan

Ordinary shares of 5 pence each

31 Dec 2022

1 Jan 2022

92,500
17,608
31,250
19,653
136,052
48,238

92,500
17,608
31,250
19,653
113,034
34,063

There have been no further changes in the Directors’ interests 
disclosed above from 31 December 2022 to 13 March 2023. 

Directors’ liabilities
The Company has granted an indemnity to one or more of its 
Directors against liability in respect of proceedings brought 
by third parties, subject to the conditions set out in section 
234 of the Companies Act 2006. Such qualifying third-party 
indemnity provision remains in force as at the date of approving 
the Directors’ Report. Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance 
with an indemnity limit of £10m has been purchased in order to 
minimise the potential impact of proceedings against Directors.

Major interests in shares
The Company has been notified, either directly or in response 
to a section 793 request made on its behalf, of the following 
interests representing 3% or more of the issued ordinary share 
capital of the Company as at 24 February 2023:

Ordinary shares 
of 5 pence each

Percentage
held (%)

Kestrel Investment Partners
Canaccord Genuity Wealth Mgmt
Schroder Investment Management
Amati Global Investors
JO Hambro Capital Management
Tellworth Investments
BlackRock Investment Management
Herald Investment Management
Mrs M A Green
Jupiter Asset Management

18,951,178
7,561,113
7,083,000
5,789,500
4,475,000
4,257,425
4,050,000
3,471,274 
3,073,290
2,928,133

Political donations
No donations were made in 2022 or 2021.

22.71
9.06
8.49
6.94
5.36
5.10
4.85
4.16
3.68
3.51

Social and community
No social or community review has been performed for 2022 or 2021.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

67

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEThere are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the 
Company other than certain restrictions that may from time to 
time be imposed by laws and regulations (for example, insider 
trading laws and market requirements relating to close periods).

The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by a special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. 
Directors are reappointed by ordinary resolution at a general 
meeting of the shareholders. The Board may appoint a Director 
but anyone so appointed must be elected by an ordinary resolution 
at the next Annual General Meeting. Any Director who has held 
office for more than three years since their last appointment by 
shareholders at a general meeting must offer themselves up for 
re-election at the following Annual General Meeting.

Significant interests
Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company are shown 
in the table on page 67. Major interests (being those greater than 
3%) of which the Company has been notified are shown on page 67.

Change of control
In the event of a change of control of the Company, employee share 
options granted under the Share Option Scheme 2010, the Deferred 
Share Bonus Plan 2017 and the Performance Share Plan 2020 
will either accelerate vesting, will be rolled over to the acquiring 
company’s shares or will lapse, depending on the circumstances 
of the change. Further details are provided in note 23 to the 
Group financial statements.

There are no agreements between the Group and its Directors 
or employees providing for compensation for loss of office or 
employment (whether through resignation, purported redundancy 
or otherwise) because of a takeover bid.

Power of Directors to issue or buy back shares
The Directors’ existing authorities to allot and grant rights over the 
unissued share capital, to allot and grant rights over the unissued 
share capital for cash without first making a pro rata offer to all 
existing shareholders and to make market purchases of shares 
in the issued share capital of the Company are due to expire 
at the upcoming AGM. Resolutions will be put to shareholders 
at the upcoming AGM of the Company to renew previous 
authorities granted.

Directors’ report continued
Registered number 01072032

Special business at the Annual General Meeting
The special business to be conducted at the AGM includes:

 ▪ the Directors’ authority to allot shares and the partial disapplication 
of pre-emption rights. Resolutions will be proposed to renew the 
authorities given to the Directors to allot and grant rights over 
the unissued share capital up to one-third of the issued ordinary 
share capital (and, in the case of an allotment of shares made 
pursuant to a rights issue (pre-emptive offer), up to two-thirds 
of the issued ordinary share capital), and to allot and grant 
rights over shares for cash up to 10% of the issued ordinary 
share capital, without first making a pro rata offer to all existing 
shareholders (plus up to an additional 10% where the share 
issue is proposed in connection with an acquisition or capital 
investment);

 ▪ the renewal of the authority of the Company to make market 

purchases of its own ordinary shares. The Company’s authority 
will be limited to 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of 
the Company; and

 ▪ the authority to call meetings (other than Annual General Meetings) 

on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.

In the opinion of the Directors, the passing of these resolutions is 
in the best interests of the shareholders.

Additional information for shareholders
At 31 December 2022, the Company’s issued share capital comprised:

Number

Nominal
value
£

% of total
share capital

Ordinary shares 
of 5 pence each

83,449,458

4,172,472

100%

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders 
that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities and for 
voting rights.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, certain share options 
granted under the Share Option Scheme 2010 were exercised 
and as a result the Company issued 85,000 ordinary shares (2021: 
83,000), such shares ranking pari passu with ordinary shares then 
in issue. There were no other issues of shares during the year ended 
31 December 2022 (2021: 13,125,000 in connection with the 
acquisition of Electra). 

See note 22 of the Group financial statements for further details. 

Ordinary shares
On a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled 
to vote shall have one vote for every ordinary share held; on a show 
of hands at a general meeting of the Company, every holder of 
ordinary shares present in person and entitled to vote shall have 
one vote. The notice of the general meeting specifies deadlines 
for exercising voting rights either by proxy notice or present in 
person or by proxy in relation to resolutions to be passed at 
general meeting. All proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, 
against or withheld in relation to each resolution are announced at 
the Annual General Meeting and published on the Group’s website 
after the meeting.

68 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEInformation to be included in the Annual Financial Report 2022
As part of our requirements under the FCA Listing Rules (“LR”), the information required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4 R can be found in 
the following locations in this Annual Financial Report 2022:

LR 9.8.4 R

Topic

(1)
(2)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)

Interest capitalised
Publication of unaudited financial information
Details of long-term incentive schemes
Waiver of emoluments by a director
Waiver of future emoluments by a director
Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash
Item (7) in relation to major subsidiary undertakings
Parent participation in a placing by a listed subsidiary
Contracts of significance
Provision of services by a controlling shareholder
Shareholder waivers of dividends
Shareholder waivers of future dividends
Agreements with controlling shareholders

Location

Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 111
Not applicable
Not applicable
Page 67
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable

All the information cross-referenced above is hereby incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

Auditor
A resolution to reappoint BDO LLP as the Group’s auditor will be put to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Directors’ statement as to disclosure of information to the auditor
The Directors who were members of the Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report are listed on pages 44 and 45. 
Having made enquiries of fellow Directors and of the Group’s auditor, each of these Directors confirms that:

 ▪ to the best of each Director’s knowledge and belief, there is no information (that is, information needed by the Group’s auditor 

in connection with preparing its report) of which the Group’s auditor is unaware; and

 ▪ each Director has taken all the steps a Director might reasonably be expected to have taken to be aware of relevant audit 

information and to establish that the Group’s auditor is aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Jonathan Cathie
COMPANY SECRETARY
13 March 2023

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

69

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ responsibilities

Website publication
The Directors are responsible for ensuring the Annual Financial 
Report 2022 is made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in accordance with 
legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements; which may vary from 
legislation in other jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website is the responsibility of the Directors. 
The Directors’ responsibility also extends to the ongoing integrity 
of the financial statements contained therein.

Directors’ responsibilities pursuant to DTR 4
The Directors confirm to the best of their knowledge:

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been prepared in 

accordance with IFRS as issued by IASB and Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation, and give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position, and profit and loss of the 
Group; and

 ▪ the Annual Financial Report 2022 includes a fair review of 

the development and performance of the business and the 
financial position of the Group and the Parent Company, 
together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face.

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
13 March 2023

Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Financial 
Report 2022 in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors are required 
to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and in accordance 
with international financial reporting standards as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and have elected 
to prepare the Company financial statements in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 “Application of Financial Reporting 
Requirements” and Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” and applicable law. Under company law, 
the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless 
they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities and financial position of the Group and Company, and 
of the profit or loss of the Group for that period.

In preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

 ▪ select suitable accounting policies and then apply 

them consistently;

 ▪ make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 ▪ state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
IFRS as adopted by the European Union, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements; and

 ▪ prepare a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report and Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which comply with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy, at any time, 
the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 
2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of 
the International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) Regulation. They 
are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company, 
and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for ensuring that the Annual 
Financial Report 2022, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
stakeholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

70 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEIndependent auditor’s report  
to the members of Gresham Technologies plc

Opinion on the financial statements
In our opinion:

 ▪ the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 

state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as 
at 31 December 2022 and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

 ▪ the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 
accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards;

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements have been properly 

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice; and

 ▪ the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements of Gresham 
Technologies Plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries 
(the ‘Group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which 
comprise the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position, the Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Statement of Cashflow, 
notes to the Consolidated financial statements, the Company 
Balance Sheet, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity and 
the notes to the financial statements, including a summary of 
significant accounting policies. The financial reporting framework 
that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial 
statements is applicable law and UK adopted international 
accounting standards. 

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in 
the preparation of the Parent Company financial statements 
is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
including Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced 
Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under those standards are further described 
in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent 
with the additional report to the audit committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were 
reappointed by the Directors on 09 October 2010 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2010 and 
subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including retenders and reappointments is 13 years, 
covering the years ended 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2022. 
We remain independent of the Group and the Parent Company 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant 
to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, including 
the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities 
in accordance with these requirements. The non‑audit services 
prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or 
the Parent Company. 

Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that 
the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. Our 
evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting included:

 ▪ Assessing the Directors’ method including the relevance and 
reliability of underlying data used to make the assessment, 
and whether assumptions and changes to assumptions from 
prior years are appropriate and consistent with each other. 
This included assessing forecast revenue against actual results 
post year end and the sales pipeline. We also assessed the 
accuracy of previous forecasts by comparing to actual results 
for the current year.

 ▪ Reviewing the Directors’ plans for future actions within their 
going concern assessment including whether such plans are 
feasible in the circumstances.

 ▪ Assessing the appropriateness of the Directors’ stress‑testing 

of the forecasts to the extent of reasonable worst‑case 
scenarios comparing to our own sensitivity analysis performed 
also considering the likelihood of these scenarios occurring.

 ▪ Reviewing the adequacy and appropriateness of 

disclosures in the financial statements relative to the 
going concern statement. 

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified 
any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, 
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the 
Group and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has 
applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ 
statement in the financial statements about whether the 
Directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with 
respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections 
of this report.

Overview

Coverage

100% (2021: 100%) of Group revenue

100% (2021: 100%) of Group total assets

Key audit 
matters

2022

2021

Development costs

Goodwill and intangible asset 
impairment 

Revenue recognition 

Acquisition of Electra Information 
Systems Inc*

*  The Acquisition of Electra Information Systems Inc was 
a one off event occurring in the prior year and therefore 
no longer represents a key audit matter

Materiality

Group financial statements as a whole

£365,000 (2021: £277,000) based on 0.75% 
(2021: 0.75%) of revenue.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

71

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

An overview of the scope of our audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of 
the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of 
internal control, and assessing the risks of material misstatement 
in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of 
management override of internal controls, including assessing 
whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may 
have represented a risk of material misstatement.

The Group engagement team performed full scope audits of the 
significant components in the UK and the Americas, comprising 
57% of the Group revenue and 85% of Group total assets. The 
full scope audit of the Asia Pacific region significant component, 
comprising of 43% of Group revenue and 15% of Group total 
assets, was performed by a BDO member firm in Australia. 

In respect of insignificant components, the Group engagement 
team, carried out specified audit procedures in respect of the 
revenue and profit recognition key audit matter as noted in the 
key audit matters section of this report.

Our involvement with component auditors
For the work performed by component auditors, we determined 
the level of involvement needed in order to be able to conclude 
whether sufficient appropriate audit evidence has been obtained 
as a basis for our opinion on the Group financial statements as 
a whole. Our involvement with component auditors included 
the following:

 ▪ the issuance of instructions that included materiality and 

detailed procedures to be performed on the significant risks 
of material misstatement;

 ▪ further involvement in directing the audit strategy 

through remote meetings and a review of the component 
auditor’s planning;

 ▪ supervision of the audit process that included regular 

communication with the component auditor and a remote 
review of their audit files; and

 ▪ attending an audit close meeting.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial 
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Development costs
Refer to the accounting policies on page 84, and 
significant estimates and judgements on page 82.

During the year, development costs of £5,195,000 
(2021: £4,105,000) have been capitalised.

Development costs are recognised as an intangible 
asset if specific capitalisation criteria as set out in 
the applicable accounting standards have been met. 
Judgement is required in determining whether the 
capitalisation criteria has been met and the allocation 
of the development costs to particular Clareti Control 
and Clareti Connect products. 

There is also a risk that development costs may 
be maintenance by nature or supersede costs 
previously capitalised. 

Due to the level of judgement, there is considered to be 
an inherent risk of management override of controls.

For these reasons we considered development costs to 
be a key audit matter.

We evaluated the Group’s accounting policy in this area to ensure their 
recognition and measurement principles were in accordance with the 
applicable accounting standards. 

We agreed a sample of capitalised costs to underlying supporting 
documentation This included obtaining time records to corroborate 
the allocation of cost between products and inspecting employee 
contracts to check that their stated job roles support their involvement 
in development activities. We also recalculated the on‑costs and 
overheads capitalised with reference to source data and checked that the 
five criteria for capitalisation, as required by the applicable accounting 
standard, had been met and that the costs were not maintenance 
by nature. 

The testing included gaining an understanding of the projects from the 
development team, as well as obtaining evidence of future economic 
benefits such as customer contracts and pipeline opportunities. We 
assessed assumptions such as the level of non‑productive time inherent 
in the development of each product based on factors including the 
product’s stage of maturity.

Furthermore, we specifically reviewed the nature of costs capitalised 
as enhancements to software available for sale; checked that the 
enhancements did not supersede existing development costs; and 
determined whether such enhancements met each of the five criteria 
for capitalisation under the applicable accounting standard. This 
included discussions with the Group’s software developers and sales 
team to understand the roadmap for software products to which the 
development costs relate, and specifically where enhancements were 
made to existing products.

Key observations:
Based on the audit work performed we consider that development costs 
have been capitalised appropriately in accordance with the applicable 
accounting standard.

72 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Key audit matter 

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 84, and 
significant estimates and judgements on page 83 and 
as detailed in Note 2 and 15.

The carrying value of intangible assets of £62,788,000 
(2021: £62,267,000) is significant to the Group.

Goodwill, capitalised development costs and other 
intangible assets are tested for impairment at least 
annually through comparing the recoverable amount 
of the cash‑generating unit, based on a value‑in‑use 
calculation, to the carrying value. 

Furthermore, once available for use, capitalised 
development costs are tested for impairment where an 
indicator of impairment arises. 

The impairment assessments require significant 
estimates relating to forecasted growth of annual 
recurring revenues and associated margins. Management 
has to apply judgement to determine if these assets are 
impaired; hence there is an opportunity for management 
bias within the impairment model assumptions and 
impairment indicators for particular intangible assets not 
being identified.

For these reasons we considered goodwill and intangible 
impairment to be a key audit matter.

Revenue recognition 
As detailed in the accounting policies on page 87.

The Group earns revenue from the sale of software 
licenses, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. 

Management exercises judgement in the unbundling 
of multi‑element solution sales, with reference to the 
estimated standalone selling prices of the deemed 
performance obligations, both of which determine the 
recognition of revenue and therefore presents a revenue 
recognition existence risk. 

In line with the requirements of applicable accounting 
standards management continue to exercise judgement 
in determining whether performance obligations of 
solution sales, such as software licences and support 
and maintenance contracts, are considered distinct; 
the level of consideration to be allocated to the 
performance obligations based on standalone selling 
prices; and whether the revenue in respect of the 
performance obligations is recognised at a point in time 
or overtime. 

Revenue and profit recognition is considered a significant 
risk due to the manual adjustments required in order 
to appropriately recognise the distinct performance 
obligations within revenue contracts, which can involve 
management judgement.

For these reasons we considered revenue recognition to 
be a key audit matter.

We performed a review of the Group’s goodwill, development costs and 
other intangible assets and examined for indicators of impairment. 

We assessed the impairment reviews prepared by management, 
specifically the integrity of management’s value‑in‑use model and, with 
the assistance of our internal valuation experts, we challenged the key 
inputs and assumptions, including forecast growth rates, operating cash 
flows and the discount rate. 

Our procedures for the review of operating cash flows and forecast 
growth rates included comparing the forecast to recent financial 
performance and budgets approved by the Board. We also ensured the 
forecasts were consistent with those used in the Group’s going concern 
assumptions. We used market data to independently calculate a discount 
rate and compared to that used by management. 

We also performed a sensitivity analysis on the key valuation inputs 
and evaluated the relevant disclosures of management’s source of 
estimation uncertainty.

Key observations: 
Based on the procedures performed, we are satisfied that the intangible 
assets are appropriately recognised in the financial statements and 
that appropriate disclosure has been made regarding the estimation 
uncertainty in determining its recoverable amount.

We reviewed the revenue recognition principles applied to significant 
new contracts written and performed during the year and ensured that 
the revenue recognition policies were in accordance with the applicable 
accounting standards and the Group’s accounting policy. 

In particular, we checked a sample of solution sales and assessed 
the appropriateness of unbundling contract revenue into separate 
performance obligations along with any judgements in the allocation 
of the consideration across the performance obligations based on 
estimated standalone selling prices. We assessed the unbundling 
judgement through benchmarking with reference to historic contracts 
executed by the Group and external sources in relation to the sector. 

For the licence revenue element of new contracts executed in close 
proximity to the year end, we obtained evidence that the software had 
been delivered to the customer prior to the end of the financial year with 
the licence fee being recognised up front on installation. For the licence 
element we agreed a sample of sales and, where relevant, underlying 
time costs to supporting contracts and other documentation, including 
user acceptance evidence, statements of works and time records. 

Key observations: 
Based on the work performed, we consider that revenue has been 
recognised appropriately and in accordance with the applicable 
accounting standard.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

73

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

Our application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We 
consider materiality to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of 
reasonable users that are taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality 
level, performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will 
not necessarily be evaluated as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular 
circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality 
as follows:

Group financial statements

Parent Company financial statements

Materiality

Basis for 
determining materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

2022
£m

365

2021
£m

277

2022
£m

160

2021
£m

150

0.75% of revenue

44% of Group materiality 56% of Group materiality

As a growing technology business we consider 
revenue to be the key performance measure in 
driving the valuation of the Group and informing 
the economic decisions of the users of the 
financial statements. This is particularly in light 
of lower levels of profitability in the current 
environment and revenues being an increasing 
basis of business valuation in the sector.

Capped at 44% (2021: 56%) of Group materiality 
given the assessment of the components 
aggregation risk.

Performance materiality

237

180

104

97.5

Basis for determining 
performance materiality

On the basis of our risk assessment, together with our assessment of the Group and Parent Company’s 
control environment and a history of minimal errors, our judgement is that performance materiality for 
the financial statements should be 65%. (2021: 65%)

Component materiality
We set materiality for each component of the Group based on a percentage of between 37% (2021: 46%) and 75% (2021:75%) of Group 
materiality dependent on the size and our assessment of the risk of material misstatement of that component. Component materiality 
ranged from £135,000 (2021: £83,100). to £274,000 (2021: £207,750). In the audit of each component, we further applied performance 
materiality levels of 65% (2021: 65%) of the component materiality to our testing to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding component 
materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all individual audit differences in excess of £7,300 (2021: £5,540). 
We also agreed to report differences below this threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

74 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSOther Companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work 
performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the 
Companies Act 2006 and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions 
and matters as described below. 

Strategic 
report and 
Directors’ 
report 

Directors’ 
remuneration

Matters on 
which we 
are required 
to report by 
exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in 
the course of the audit:

 ▪ the information given in the Strategic report and 
the Directors’ report for the financial year for 
which the financial statements are prepared is 
consistent with the financial statements; and

 ▪ the Strategic report and the Directors’ report 

have been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding 
of the Group and Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we have not identified material misstatements 
in the strategic report or the Directors’ report.

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

 ▪ adequate accounting records have not been 

kept by the Parent Company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or

 ▪ the Parent Company financial statements and 
the part of the Directors’ remuneration report 
to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or

 ▪ certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration 

specified by law are not made; or

 ▪ we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the annual 
financial report other than the financial statements and our 
auditor’s report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. Our responsibility is to 
read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we 
identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives 
rise to a material misstatement in the financial statements 
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we 
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other 
information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement 
in relation to going concern, longer‑term viability and that part 
of the Corporate Governance Statement relating to the Parent 
Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code specified for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have 
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Going concern and 
longer‑term viability

 ▪ The Directors’ statement with regards to 

the appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified as set out 
on page 67; and

 ▪ The Directors’ explanation as to their 

assessment of the Group’s prospects, the 
period this assessment covers and why 
the period is appropriate as set out on 
page 67.

Other Code 
provisions

 ▪ Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and 
understandable as set out on page 70; 

 ▪ Board’s confirmation that it has carried 

out a robust assessment of the emerging 
and principal risks as set out on page 38; 

 ▪ The section of the annual report that 

describes the review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control 
systems as set out on page 52; and

 ▪ The section describing the work of the 
audit committee as set out on page 50.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

75

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent auditor’s report continued

 ▪ evaluation of management incentives and opportunities for 

fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements including 
management override with a particular focus on judgements 
and estimates inherent in the key audit matters and exercising 
professional scepticism in considering the impact of those 
estimates and judgements on the reported results and key 
performance measures such as annually recurring revenues 
and cash EBITDA; 

 ▪ the evaluation also involved gaining an understanding of 

Management remuneration schemes and the extent to which 
remuneration is influenced by reported results; 

 ▪ testing journal entries made to accounts that are considered 
to carry a greater risk of fraud as part of our planned audit 
approach by agreeing to supporting documentation; and

 ▪ incorporating unpredictability into the nature, timing and/
or extend of our testing by specifically performing audit 
procedures on bank transactions within dormant entities 
within the Group.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of 
material misstatement in the financial statements, recognising 
that the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due 
to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting 
from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for 
example, forgery, misrepresentations or through collusion. There 
are inherent limitations in the audit procedures performed and 
the further removed non‑compliance with laws and regulations 
is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms 
part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as 
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies 
Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might 
state to the Parent Company’s members those matters we 
are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no 
other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Parent 
Company and the Parent Company’s members as a body, for our 
audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Malcolm Thixton (Senior Statutory Auditor)
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF BDO LLP, STATUTORY AUDITOR
SOUTHAMPTON
UNITED KINGDOM
13 March 2023

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England 
and Wales (with registered number OC305127).

Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the statement of Directors’ 
responsibilities, the Directors are responsible for the preparation 
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give 
a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, 
matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate 
the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an 
auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that an audit 
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or 
in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence 
the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting 
irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non‑compliance 
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements 
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which 
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including 
fraud is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the Group and sector in which it 
operates, we identified that the principal risks of non‑compliance 
with laws and regulations relate to The Corporate Governance 
Code, Corporate and VAT legislation, Employment Taxes and Health 
and Safety, and the extent to which non‑compliance might have 
a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered 
those laws and regulations which have a direct impact on the 
preparation of the financial statements such as the Companies 
Act 2006 and the applicable accounting frameworks. 

As a result of performing the above we identified the principal 
risks were related to bias in accounting estimates, with the 
most significant considered to relate to revenue recognition and 
capitalisation of development costs. The Group audit engagement 
team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors 
to ensure that appropriate audit procedures were applied in 
response to these risks. Our procedures included: 

 ▪ discussions with Management and the Audit Committee 

regarding known or suspected instances of non‑compliance 
with laws and regulations; 

 ▪ ensuring all audit team and component team members were 

cognizant of relevant laws and regulations through engagement 
discussions and the issuing of specific audit instructions; 

 ▪ obtaining and understanding of controls designed to prevent 

and detect irregularities; 

 ▪ review of board minutes for any evidence of fraud or 

non‑compliance with laws and regulations;

76 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated income statement

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting administrative items:
Exceptional costs
Exceptional income
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share‑based payments

Total administrative expenses

Operating profit
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation
Taxation

Profit/(loss) after taxation attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Earnings per share
Statutory
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

Year ended
31 December
2022
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

48,719
(14,774)

37,026
(11,799)

33,945

25,227

(26,999)

(21,146)

6,946

4,081

(153)
—
(2,315)
(1,027)

(3,495)

(1,821)
330
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

(30,494)

(24,679)

3,451
6
(219)

3,238
(356)

2,882

pence
3.46
3.41

7.65
7.54

548
4
(121)

431
(1,443)

(1,012)

pence
(1.31)
(1.31)

5.08
5.02

Notes

4,5

5
5
14
23

5,6
9
9

10

11
11

11
11

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

77

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Profit/(loss) after taxation attributable to the equity holders of the Parent

Other comprehensive expenses
Items that will or may be re‑classified into profit or loss: 
Exchange differences on translating foreign operations 

Total other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive income/(expenses) for the year

Notes

24

Year ended
31 December
2022
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2021
£’000

2,882

(1,012)

(937)

(937)

(184)

(184)

1,945

(1,196)

78 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of financial position

Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Right‑of‑use assets
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Contract assets
Income tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Equity attributable to owners of the Parent
Called up equity share capital
Share premium account
Own share reserve
Other reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the Parent

Non-current liabilities
Contract liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Provisions
Contingent consideration

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Income tax payable
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

At
31 December
2022
£’000

At
31 December
2021
£’000

Notes

13
16
14
10

18
18
18
19

22
24
22
24
24
24

20
16
10
20
20

20
16
20
20

899
1,592
62,788
—

65,279

6,515
2,558
—
6,280

15,353

80,632

4,172
23,941
(296)
536
(1,315)
21,968

218
1,466
62,267
232

64,183

5,403
1,665
1,204
9,139

17,411

81,594

4,168
23,876
(609)
536
(378)
18,288

49,006

45,881

354
953
6,067
146
—

7,520

19,166
709
244
3,987

24,106

31,626

80,632

60
770
6,831
144
3,575

11,380

19,616
642
131
3,944

24,333

35,713

81,594

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 13 March 2023. 

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
13 March 2023 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
13 March 2023

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

79

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2021
Attributable loss for the period
Other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive (expenses)/income
Issue of equity shares
Share issue costs
Exercise of share options
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Share‑based payments 
Dividend paid

At 31 December 2021

Attributable profit for the period
Other comprehensive expenses

Total comprehensive (expenses)/income
Exercise of share options
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust to 
employees
Deferred tax movement in espect of 
share options
Share‑based payments 
Dividend paid

Notes

22
22
22

22
23

22

22

10
23
12

Share 
capital
£’000

3,508
—
—

—
656
—
4

—
—
—

Share 
premium
account
£’000

4,341
—
—

—
20,344
(870)
61

—
—
—

Own 
share
reserve
£’000

(778)
—
—

—
—
—
—

169
—
—

Foreign
currency
 translation
reserve
£’000

(194)
—
(184)

(184)
—
—
—

—
—
—

Other 
reserves
£’000

536
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

Retained
 earnings
£’000

19,453
(1,012)
—

(1,012)
—
—
—

Total
£’000

26,866
(1,012)
(184)

(1,196)
21,000
(870)
65

—
369
(522)

169
369
(522)

4,168

23,876

(609)

536

(378)

18,288

45,881

—
—

—
4

—

—
—
—

—
—

—
65

—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—

313

—
—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
(937)

(937)
—

2,882
—

2,882
—

2,882
(937)

1,945
69

—

—
—
—

92

405

301
1,027
(622)

301
1,027
(622)

At 31 December 2022

4,172

23,941

(296)

536

(1,315)

21,968

49,006

80 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated statement of cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities 
Profit/(loss) after taxation
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets
Amortisation of right‑of‑use assets
Share‑based payments 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase in contract assets
Increase in trade and other payables 
(Decrease)/Increase in contract liabilities
Decrease in sales tax provision arising on acquisition
Taxation 
Exchange gain on financial instrument
Net finance costs

Cash inflow from operations 
Income taxes received
Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Interest received 
Exchange gain on financial instrument
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Payments to acquire subsidiary undertaking (net of cash)
Payment of contingent consideration on acquisition of Inforalgo
Payment of contingent consideration on acquisition of Electra
Payments to acquire intangible fixed assets 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Interest paid 
Principal paid on lease liabilities
Dividends paid
Share issue proceeds (net of costs)

Net cash (used in)/from financing activities 

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 

Year ended 
31 December
2022 
£’000 

Year ended
31 December
2021 
£’000 

Notes

13 
14
16
23 

10 
5
9 

9 
5
13 

20
20
14 

 9
16
12
22

2,882
191
4,723
714
1,027
(886)
(775)
1,560
(199)
(496)
356
—
213

9,310
2,473
(1,893)

9,890

6
—
(806)
—
(369)
(3,987)
(5,195)

(1,012)
175
4,042
581
369
(776)
(220)
1,996
256
—
1,443
(330)
117

6,641
—
(1,114)

5,527

4
330
(145)
(19,639)
(923)
—
(4,150)

(10,351)

(24,523)

(138)
(645)
(622)
69

(1,336)

(1,797)
9,139
(1,062)

(39)
(590)
(522)
20,195

19,044

48
8,876
215

9,139

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

19 

6,280

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

81

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the financial statements

1. Authorisation of financial statements and 
statement of compliance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards
Gresham Technologies plc is a public limited company 
incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The 
Company’s ordinary shares are traded as a premium listing on 
the London Stock Exchange.

The financial statements of Gresham Technologies plc and its 
subsidiaries (“the Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2022 
were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 13 March 
2023, and the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position was 
signed on the Board’s behalf by Mr I Manocha and Mr T Mullan. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK adopted International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) as they apply to the financial statements of 
the Group for the year ended 31 December 2022.

2.  Accounting judgements and estimation 
uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management 
to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement 
of financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues 
and expenses during the year. However, the nature of estimation 
means that actual outcomes could differ from those estimates. 
We review our estimates and underlying assumptions on an 
ongoing basis and recognise revisions to accounting estimates 
in the period in which we revise the estimate and in any future 
periods affected. It is considered that all judgements have an 
element of estimation.

Judgements
The key judgements that have a significant risk of causing a 
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. 

Revenue and profit recognition
Revenue and the associated profit are recognised from sale 
of software licences, rendering of services, subscriptions and 
maintenance and solution sales. When software licences are 
sold, we must exercise judgement as to when the appropriate 
point in time has passed at which all performance obligations 
for that software licence have been performed, at which point 
revenue in relation to the stand-alone sales price of the software 
licence is recognised. Whilst in most cases performance 
obligations clearly follow the commercial and contractual 
arrangement we have agreed with the customer, in some 
cases the revenue streams are combined as within an overall 
commercial arrangement. Such combined circumstances require 
judgement to assess performance obligations associated with 
each revenue stream and further judgement as to when and how 
such performance obligations have been discharged in order 
to recognise the associated revenue. The determination of the 
distinct performance obligations of multi-element solution sales, 
represents a risk of incorrect revenue recognition.

Where licences are delivered to customers on commencement 
of the contract, the licence fee is recognised upon completion 
of performance obligations and the remaining revenue for 
support and maintenance is subsequently recognised over the 
contract term.

In considering the distinct performance obligations of multi-
element solutions, instances may arise whereby the substance 
of the performance obligations differs from the legal form of 
the contract. In such circumstances, judgement is required to 

assess the estimated stand-alone selling price of the constituent 
elements and recognise revenue accordingly. In such instances 
we must first determine whether:

1. 

2. 

 The satisfaction of a performance obligation with a stand-
alone selling price is operationally, technically, functionally 
separate, and deliverable separately, from other deliverables 
to the customer; or

 The satisfaction of a performance obligation with a 
stand-alone selling price is not operationally, technically, 
functionally and deliverable separate from other deliverables 
to the customer.

If the agreement is determined to be under category 1 above, 
then the stand-alone sales price of each element of a typical 
software, support and maintenance is determined, unbundled 
and recognised appropriately for each element. If the agreement 
is determined to be under category 2 above then the bundled 
fee is recognised as the bundled services are delivered over the 
term of the contract. 

Judgement is exercised in setting the stand-alone selling prices 
of distinct performance element of each individual contract. 
It was concluded that the annual stand-alone sales price of 
standard support and maintenance offerings will be equal 
to 20% of the five-year software licence fee, or of the total 
combined five-year licence, support and maintenance fees, 
the stand-alone sales price of the licence will be 50% and 
the support and maintenance 50%. This ratio is aligned to the 
proportion of development costs capitalised in proportion to our 
annual support and maintenance costs and is consistent with 
previous years.

Estimates and assumptions
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key 
sources of estimation uncertainty at the statement of financial 
position date that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are discussed below.

Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration relating to acquisitions is measured 
at fair value based on discounted cashflows, with consideration 
payable based on performance targets. Management have 
assessed the probability that these targets will be met. 

Contingent consideration included within the financial 
statements is £3,987,000 (2021: £7,519,000). If revenue is 5% 
lower than the agreed targets, the contingent consideration 
payable will be reduced by £1,595,00. Further details are 
disclosed in note 20 to the financial statements.

Capitalised development costs
The Group invests in the development of new and enhanced 
features to its products. Development costs are accounted for 
in accordance with IAS 38 “Intangible Assets” and costs that 
meet the qualifying criteria are capitalised and systematically 
amortised over the useful economic life of the intangible asset. 

Determining whether development costs qualify for capitalisation 
as intangible assets requires judgement as to the technical and 
commercial viability of each asset created. These judgements 
are applied consistently year to year with the Group evaluating 
whether there are future economic benefits beyond the current 
period, the stage at which technical feasibility has been achieved, 
management’s intention to use or sell the product, the likelihood 
of success of completion, the availability of technical resources 
to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably 
the expenditure attributed to each product.

82 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSan investee entity, exposure to variable returns from the investee 
and the ability to use its power to affect those variable returns. 
All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are 
eliminated on consolidation.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results 
of business combinations using the acquisition method. In 
the statement of financial position, the acquiree’s identifiable 
assets and liabilities are initially recognised at their fair values at 
acquisition date. The results of acquired entities are included in 
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the 
date at which control is obtained and are deconsolidated from 
the date control ceases.

Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and position 
are set out in the Strategic Report, starting on pages 01 to 40. 
The financial position of the Group and the principal risks and 
uncertainties are also described in the Strategic Report.

The Group has sufficient financial resources together with good 
relationships with a number of customers and suppliers across 
different geographic areas and industries. The Group has access 
to a strong underlying cashflow arising from long-established 
businesses with long-standing blue-chip customers. The Group 
also benefits from high levels of contracted revenue providing 
predictability of future revenues. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for a period of at 
least twelve months from the date of approval of the financial 
statements. For this reason, they continue to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2022.

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group are set 
out below.

2. Accounting judgements and 
estimation uncertainty continued
Capitalised development costs continued
The net carrying amount of development costs at 31 December 
is £23,556,000 (2021: £20,694,000).

The capitalised development cost is disclosed in note 14.

Impairment reviews
The Group performs impairment reviews at the reporting 
period end to identify any intangible assets that have a carrying 
value that is in excess of its recoverable value. Determining 
the recoverability of an intangible asset requires judgement in 
both the methodology applied and the key variables within that 
methodology. Where it is determined that an intangible asset 
is impaired, its carrying value will be reduced to its recoverable 
value with the difference recorded as an impairment charge in 
the income statement.

The intangible asset impairment reviews are disclosed in note 15.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the key assumptions 
for discount rate, growth rate and revenue growth rates to 
determine when impairment would occur these are disclosed 
in note 15.

Useful economic life of capitalised development costs
The assessment of the useful economic life of capitalised 
development costs is estimated by management based on past 
experience and reviews of competitor products available in 
the market.

Estimates are made to the applicable useful economic life of 
each asset created. The amortisation charge for the year ended 
31 December 2022 was £2,360,000 (2021: £2,326,000). The 
impact of reducing the useful economic life by one year would 
increase the amortisation charge for the year by £178,000, if the 
useful economic life was increased by one year the amortisation 
charge is reduced by £270,000. 

3. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation 
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK adopted international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and in accordance with international financial reporting 
standards and international accounting standards as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and 
Interpretations (collectively “IFRS”). The accounting policies 
which follow set out those policies which apply in preparing the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2022. 

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a 
historical cost basis, except for the following item:

 ▪ contingent consideration

The Group financial statements are presented in Sterling, which 
is also the Group’s functional currency. All values are rounded 
to the nearest thousand pounds (£’000) except when otherwise 
indicated.

Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate the financial 
statements of Gresham Technologies plc and the entities it 
controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up to 31 December each year. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial 
statements of the Company and its subsidiaries made up to the 
reporting date. Investees are classified as subsidiaries where the 
Company has control, which is achieved where the Company 
has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

83

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Functional currency and presentation currency
Items included within the financial statements of each of the 
Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary 
economic environment in which each entity operates (“the 
functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are 
prepared in sterling, which is the Group’s presentation currency.

Foreign currency translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the 
functional currency by applying an approximation of the spot 
exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
retranslated at the functional currency rate of exchange ruling 
at the statement of financial position date. All differences are 
taken to the income statement; in the instance where the 
differences on monetary assets and liabilities form part of the 
Group’s net investment in foreign operations, they are moved to 
the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income on consolidation 
and held in a separate component of equity until the disposal 
of the net investment, at which time they are recognised in 
profit or loss.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated 
into Sterling at the rate of exchange ruling at the statement of 
financial position date. Income and expenses are translated 
at weighted average exchange rates for the year. The resulting 
exchange differences are taken to the Statement of Other 
Comprehensive Income and recognised directly to a separate 
component of equity. On disposal of a foreign entity, the deferred 
cumulative amount recognised in equity relating to that particular 
foreign operation is recognised in the Income Statement.

Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical 
cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange 
rates as at the dates of the initial transactions, on consolidation; 
all assets and liabilities of overseas subsidiaries which report 
in a different functional currency are retranslated using the 
closing rate.

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over 
the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities of the acquired entity at the date of acquisition. At the 
date of acquisition, goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units 
for the purpose of impairment testing. Goodwill is recognised 
as an asset and assessed for impairment annually. Any 
impairment is recognised immediately in the Group Statement 
of Comprehensive Income. Once recognised, an impairment of 
goodwill is not reversed.

Intangible assets
Acquired intangibles
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial 
recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a 
business combination is fair value as at the date of acquisition. 
Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at 
cost less any accumulated amortisation and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets are 
subject to the same recognition tests as development costs, and 
if met, they are capitalised.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortised over their useful 
economic lives and assessed for impairment whenever there is 
an indication that they may be impaired. The amortisation 

period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset 
with a finite useful life is reviewed at least at each financial 
year end. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected 
pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied 
in the asset are accounted for by changing the amortisation 
period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in 
accounting estimates. The amortisation expense on intangible 
assets with finite lives is recognised in the income statement 
in the expense category consistent with the function of the 
intangible asset. The useful economic lives of separately acquired 
software is deemed to be ten years and the useful economic life 
of customer relations is between six and twelve years; the charge 
in the income statement is made within the amortisation for 
acquired intangibles.

Internally generated intangibles
Development expenditure on an individual project is recognised 
as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate the 
technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it 
will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its 
ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future 
economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete 
the asset and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure 
during development.

The Group has capitalised development costs in respect of 
individual Clareti applications which have been individually 
assessed against the required capitalisation criteria and been 
individually assigned useful economic lives reflecting the 
maturity and availability of comparable applications in our 
markets. The useful economic lives are assessed to be between 
two and twelve years. The amortisation charge is recognised in 
the income statement.

Capitalised product development expenditure is stated at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Product 
development costs that have been capitalised are amortised 
from the time the product or related enhancement becomes 
available for use as part of a version release issued to customers 
on a straight-line basis over two to twelve years depending on 
the useful economic life of the asset assessed. During the period 
of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually.

The amortisation charge is recognised in the income statement.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible 
asset are measured as the difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and 
are recognised in the income statement when the asset is 
derecognised.

Other intangible assets
Purchased intangibles with finite lives, including purchased 
patents, know-how, trademarks, licences and distribution rights, 
are capitalised at cost and amortised on a straight-line basis over 
their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful life of these 
intangible assets range between two and ten years depending on 
their nature. Amortisation charges in respect of other intangible 
assets are included in administrative expenses.

Research costs
Research costs are expensed as incurred. 

84 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. 
Cost comprises the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of 
any other consideration given to acquire the asset and includes 
costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of 
operating as intended. 

Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment on 
a straight-line basis over its expected useful life as follows:

 ▪ Fixtures and fittings – over the term of the underlying property 

lease; and

 ▪ Plant and equipment – over lives ranging between one and ten 
years to write down the assets to their residual value based on 
current prices for an asset of the age the plant and equipment 
is expected to be at the end of its useful life. 

The carrying values of property, plant and equipment are 
reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable, and are 
written down immediately to their recoverable amount. Useful 
lives and residual values are reviewed annually and where 
adjustments are required these are made prospectively.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon 
disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected 
to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss 
arising on derecognition of the asset is included in the income 
statement in the period of derecognition.

Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset 
and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets; and 
leases with a duration of twelve months or less. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term, with 
the discount rate determined by reference to the rate inherent 
in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not readily 
determinable, in which case the Group’s incremental borrowing 
rate on commencement of the lease is used. Variable lease 
payments are only included in the measurement of the lease 
liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, the 
initial measurement of the lease liability assumes the variable 
element will remain unchanged throughout the lease term. Other 
variable lease payments are expensed in the period to which 
they relate. 

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also 
includes: amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option 
granted in favour of the Group if it is reasonably certain to assess 
that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the lease, 
if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of 
termination option being exercised. 

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of 
the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, 
and increased for: lease payments made at or before 
commencement of the lease; initial direct costs incurred; and 
the amount of any provision recognised where the Group is 
contractually required to dismantle, remove or restore the 
leased asset.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as 
a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-
of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic life of 
the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the lease term. 

When the Group revises its estimate of the term of any lease 
(because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee 
extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the 
carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to 
make over the revised term, which are discounted at the same 
discount rate that applied on lease commencement. The carrying 
value of lease liabilities is similarly revised when the variable 
element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index 
is revised. In both cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the 
carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 
amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

When the Group renegotiates the contractual terms of a lease 
with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of the 
modification: 

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets 

being leased for an amount commensurate with the 
stand-alone price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, 
the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in 
accordance with the above policy;

 ▪ in all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope 
of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or 
one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability 
is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the 
modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted 
by the same amount; and

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the 

lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and right-
of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to reflect 
the partial or full termination of the lease with any difference 
recognised in profit or loss. The lease liability is then further 
adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the amount of 
the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated term, with 
the modified lease payments discounted at the rate applicable 
on the modification date. The right-of-use asset is adjusted by 
the same amount. 

For contracts that both convey a right to the Group to use 
an identified asset and require services to be provided to the 
Group by the lessor, the Group has elected to account for the 
entire contract as a lease, i.e. it does allocate any amount of 
the contractual payments to, and account separately for, any 
services provided by the supplier as part of the contract.

Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that any non-financial assets may be impaired. If any 
such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an 
asset is required, the Group makes an estimate of the asset’s 
recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher 
of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s fair value less costs to sell 
and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, 
unless the asset does not generate cash-inflows that are largely 
independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. 
Where the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable 
amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to 
its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a 
pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments 
of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. 
In determining fair value less costs to sell, an appropriate 
valuation model is used incorporating industry standard valuation 
multiples or other available fair value indicators. Impairment 
losses on continuing operations are recognised in the income 
statement in those expense categories consistent with the 
function of the impaired asset.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

85

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Impairment of non-financial assets continued
An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether 
there is any indication that previously recognised impairment 
losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such 
indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A 
previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there 
has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was 
recognised. If that is the case the carrying amount of the asset 
is increased to its recoverable amount. Impairment charges on 
goodwill are considered permanent and cannot be reversed. 
That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no 
impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. 
Such reversal is recognised in profit or loss. After such a reversal 
the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate 
the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a 
systematic basis over its remaining useful life.

The Group assesses at each reporting date whether there is an 
indication that contract assets may be impaired by applying the 
IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses 
using a lifetime expected credit loss provision.

Provisions
A provision is recognised when the Group has a legal or 
constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable 
that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle 
the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation. If the effect is material, expected future 
cash flows are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that 
reflects, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability.

Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be 
reimbursed, for example under an insurance policy, the 
reimbursement is recognised as a separate asset but only when 
recovery is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision 
is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. 
Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to 
unwinding the discount is recognised as a finance cost.

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Group assesses at each statement of financial position date 
whether a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

Financial assets
The Group’s financial assets are all classified within the 
amortised cost category. The Group’s accounting policy for this 
category is as follows:

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of sales and 
services of software and support and maintenance to customers 
(e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of 
financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets 
in order to collect contractual cashflows and the contractual 
cashflows are solely payments of principal and interest. They 
are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions for current and non-current trade 
receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach 
within IFRS 9 using a provision matrix in the determination of 
the lifetime expected credit losses. During this process the 
probability of the non-payment of the trade receivables is 
assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount 

of the expected loss arising from default to determine the 
lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For 
trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are 
recorded in a separate provision account with the loss being 
recognised within cost of sales in the consolidated statement 
of comprehensive income. On confirmation that the trade 
receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the 
asset is written off against the associated provision.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment 
loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively 
to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, 
the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed. Any 
subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement to the extent that the carrying value of the 
asset does not exceed its amortised cost at the reversal date.

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost 
comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held 
at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments 
with original maturities of three months or less, and – for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flows – bank overdrafts. Bank 
overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and short-term deposits in the consolidated statement of 
financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short-
term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flow, cash 
and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as 
defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.

Restricted cash and cash equivalent balances are those which 
meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents but are not 
available for immediate use are disclosed separately within the 
financial statements.

Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line of the 
income statement.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their 
carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the following 
exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial 

recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction 
that is not a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

86 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Income taxes continued
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable 
right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation 
authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single 
net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Purchases and sales of financial assets measured at fair value 
through other comprehensive income are recognised on 
settlement date with any change in fair value between trade date 
and settlement date being recognised in the fair value through 
other comprehensive income reserve. 

Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two 
categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability was 
acquired. 

The Group’s accounting policy for other financial liabilities (which 
include trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities), 
are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Other financial liabilities include the following items:
 ▪ Bank borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of 

any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the 
instrument. Such interest-bearing liabilities are subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, which ensures that any interest expense over the 
period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of 
the liability carried in the consolidated statement of financial 
position. For the purposes of each financial liability, interest 
expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium 
payable on redemption, as well as any interest or coupon 
payable while the liability is outstanding.

 ▪ Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities, 

which are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently 
carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
A financial asset or liability is generally derecognised when the 
contract that gives rise to it is settled, sold, cancelled or expires.

Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from 
the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of 
an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange 
or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original 
liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the 
difference in the respective carrying amounts together with any 
costs or fees incurred are recognised in profit or loss.

Pensions
Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised 
in the income statement in the period in which they 
become payable.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In 
the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, this is when 
declared by the Directors. In the case of final dividends, this is 
when approved by the shareholders at the AGM. 

Revenue recognition
Revenue, comprising sales of products and services to 
third parties, is recognised to the extent that satisfaction of 
contractual performance obligations has occurred and it is 
probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and 
the revenue can be reliably measured. Revenue is measured 
at the stand-alone selling price of the performance obligation 
delivered, excluding discounts, rebates, VAT and other sales taxes. 
To note there is no material impact of variable consideration or 
financing components across all revenue streams.

The following criteria must also be met before revenue 
is recognised:

Software licences
Revenue on software licences is recognised when all of the 
following criteria are met:

 ▪ persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, such as a 

signed contract or purchase order;

 ▪ satisfaction of the contracted performance obligations has 
been met, which in the case of software licences typically 
means delivery has occurred and no future elements to be 
delivered are essential to the functionality of the delivered 
element;

 ▪ a stand-alone selling price of the performance obligation can 

be measured; and 

 ▪ collectability is probable.

Provision of services
Revenue and profits from the provision of professional services, 
such as implementation, development, training and consultancy, 
are delivered under a time and materials type contract and are 
therefore recognised over time and based upon number of hours 
worked. On occasion fixed price services contracts are entered 
into, upon which revenue is recognised on a percentage-of-
completion basis, as costs incurred relate to total costs for the 
contract, when the outcome of a contract can be estimated 
reliably. Determining whether a contract’s outcome can be 
estimated reliably requires management to exercise judgement, 
whilst calculation of the contract’s profit requires estimates 
of the total contract costs to completion. Cost estimates and 
judgements are continually reviewed and updated as determined 
by events or circumstances.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract assets 
through yet to be billed time input and expenses at the 
reporting date.

Support and maintenance
Revenue from support and maintenance services is recognised 
rateably over the period of the contract. Revenue is recognised 
when the provision of support and maintenance and completion 
of the performance obligations are carried out which is deemed 
to be evenly throughout the term of the contract. The customer 
simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by 
the Group’s performance as the Group performs.

Revenue from this revenue stream creates contract liabilities 
through the invoicing of services prior to performance obligations 
being performed.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

87

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS3. Accounting policies continued
Data services
Revenue related to providing data services is based on a 
consumption basis whereby revenue is recognised based on the 
customer utilisation of such services.

Solution sales
Contracts for the delivery of solutions with multiple elements, 
typically involving software licences, rendering of services, 
support, maintenance and infrastructure are unbundled where 
possible and revenue is recognised based on the accounting 
policy applicable to each constituent part, for example the 
stand-alone selling price of the software licence is recognised at 
a point in time, upon satisfaction of the performance obligations 
associated to that licence, and the stand-alone selling price of 
software maintenance and support is recognised over the period 
over which the service is provided. A typical example of such 
a scenario is where we sell a subscription licence but are not 
contracted to provide the hosted infrastructure to deploy the 
software upon – the customer deploys the software on-premise 
or on a cloud environment for which we are not responsible. 

We have many instances where unbundling is not possible, this 
is where a bundled element cannot technically or operationally 
be provided without another. The typical example of this is when 
the customer contracts our hosted Cloud software offerings, 
under which the customer cannot gain benefit from the software 
without the Group also providing, and continuing to provide, the 
hosted infrastructure upon which software is deployed. Where 
objective unbundling of a solution is not possible, revenue is 
recognised over the period of the contractual service provision. 

Interest income
Interest income is recognised as finance revenue as interest 
accrues using the effective interest method. The effective 
interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated 
future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial 
instrument to its net carrying amount.

Share-based payments
Equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they 
are granted and is recognised as an expense over the vesting 
period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees 
become fully entitled to the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no 
account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions 
linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).

Fair value of awards with a financial result-based performance 
target is determined by management using the Black Scholes 
pricing model.

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, 
except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market 
condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether 
or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other 
vesting conditions are satisfied.

At each statement of financial position date before vesting, 
the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent 
to which the vesting period has expired and management’s 
best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market 
conditions and of the number of equity instruments that will 
ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to a 
market condition, be treated as vesting as described above. The 
movement in cumulative expense since the previous statement 

of financial position date is recognised in the income statement, 
with a corresponding entry in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or 
a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues 
to be recognised over the original vesting period. In addition, an 
expense is recognised over the remainder of the new vesting 
period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based 
on the difference between the fair value of the original award 
and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on 
the date of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this 
difference is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as 
if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not 
yet recognised in the profit and loss account for the award is 
expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair 
value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is 
deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being 
treated as an expense in the income statement.

The share-based payment expense is recognised as a staff cost 
and the associated credit entry is made against equity. 

Financial instruments
The Group, outside of normal business operations, enters into 
forward currency contracts. Forward currency contracts are 
valued at fair value through profit or loss.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT therefore 
the trust is included within the consolidated financial 
statements. The ESOT investment in the Company’s shares is 
deducted from equity in the consolidated statement of financial 
position. The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are disclosed separately in the financial 
statements where it is necessary to do so to provide further 
understanding of the financial performance of the Group. They are 
non-recurring items of income or expense that have been shown 
separately due to the significance of their nature or amount.

Cost of sales
Costs of sales include costs incurred to achieve the financial 
years revenue and are recognised within the Income statement 
primarily consisting of the following costs:

 ▪ Customer specific third-party costs incurred in providing our 

cloud hosted cloud solutions;

 ▪ Third party contractor costs incurred by our contracting 

services business; and

 ▪ Payrolled employees that provide fixed margin contracting 

services.

Administrative expenses
Administrative expenses are recognised within the Income 
Statement in the period that they are incurred and primarily 
consist of the following costs:

 ▪ Staff costs including salaries, bonuses and commissions 
excluding payrolled employees provided fixed margin 
contracting services which are within costs of sale;

 ▪ Marketing costs including travel and entertainment costs;

 ▪ Property costs excluding any costs disclosed as amortisation 

under IFRS 16;

 ▪ IT and communication costs; 

 ▪ Professional advisory fees and general administration costs; 

 ▪ Depreciation and amortisation.

88 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued3. Accounting policies continued
Changes in accounting policies
New standards, interpretations and amendments effective from 1 January 2022
A number of new standards, interpretations and amendments are effective for the year ended 31 December 2022, which have been 
listed below, these have had no material impact on the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures in these financial statements.

 ▪ Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle;

 ▪ Amendments to IFRS 3 – Reference to the Conceptual Framework;

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 16 – Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before intended use; and

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 37 – Onerous Contracts: Cost of Fulfilling a Contract.

New standards, interpretations and amendments not yet effective
At the date of approval of these Group financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised Accounting 
standards, amendments and interpretations that have been issued by the IASB; that are not yet effective for and in some cases had 
not yet been updated by the UK Endorsement Board (“UKEB”). 

Effective 1 January 2023 – adopted by UKEB

 ▪ IFRS 17 – Insurance Contracts (including the June 2020 and December 2021 Amendments to IFRS 17);

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2 – Disclosure of Accounting policies;

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 8 – Definition of Accounting Estimates; and

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 12 – Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction.

Effective 1 January 2024 – not yet adopted by UKEB

 ▪ Amendments to IFRS 16 – Leases on sale and leaseback; and

 ▪ Amendments to IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current.

The above standards, amendments and interpretations are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

There are no new standards, and amendments to standards and interpretations which are effective for annual periods beginning after 
1 January 2023 which have been adopted in these financial statements.

4. Revenue
Revenue disclosed in the income statement is analysed as follows:

Provision of software and services

Total revenue

2022
£’000

48,719

48,719

2021
£’000

37,026

37,026

The Group has disaggregated revenue into various categories in the following table which is intended to:

 ▪ depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic data; and

 ▪ enable users to understand the relationship with the revenue segment information provided in note 5.

2022

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences, 
support and maintenance and managed services)
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

154

Other
Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

—

—

27,384
7,981

35,519

£’000

154
4,432
30,933

35,519

4,343
633

4,976

£’000

—
—
4,976

4,976

—
8,224

8,224

£’000

—
—
8,224

8,224

Total
£’000

154

31,727
16,838

48,719

£’000

154
4,432
44,133

48,719

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

89

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS4. Revenue continued

2021

Non-recurring software revenue (software licences)
Recurring software revenue (annually recurring software licences, support 
and maintenance and managed services)
Rendering of services

Timing of revenue recognition 

Non-annually recurring – at a point in time
Annually recurring – at a point in time
Rateably recognised – over contract period

Contract balances

At 1 January
Amounts included in contract liabilities that were recognised as revenue 
during the period
Acquisitions
Excess of revenue recognised over cash (or rights to cash) being 
recognised during the period
Cash received in advance of performance and not recognised 
as revenue during the period

At 31 December 

Clareti Solutions
£’000

Other Solutions
£’000

Contracting
Services
£’000

137

73

—

18,800
6,532

25,469

£’000

137
3,286
22,046

25,469

4,581
569

5,223

£’000

73
—
5,150

5,223

—
6,334

6,334

£’000

—
—
6,334

6,334

Total
£’000

210

23,381
13,435

37,026

£’000

210
3,286
33,530

37,026

Contract 
assets
2022
£’000

Contract 
assets
2021
£’000

Contract 
liabilities
2022
£’000

Contract 
liabilities
2021
£’000

5,460

3,431

(12,108)

(11,096)

—
—

1,863

—

7,323

—
1,447

582

12,048
—

11,030
(756)

—

—

—

(11,364)

(11,286)

5,460

(11,424)

(12,108)

In the table above, contract assets relate to services performed but do not have an unconditional right to payment and trade receivables.

Contract liabilities relate to subscription, support and maintenance contracts invoiced with performance obligations yet to be satisfied 
and arise when the Group enters into a contract which results in cumulative payments received from customers at the Statement 
of Financial Position date which do not necessarily equal to the amount of revenue recognised on the contracts and relate to 
performance obligations yet to be satisfied. These are disclosed within trade and other payables.

Amounts due to be recognised in more than one year are £354,000 (2021: £60,000). Trade receivables included in the above as at 
1 January 2021 were £2,508,000. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss provision for trade 
receivables and contract assets. The Group has provided for an impairment as at 31 December 2022 of £15,000 (2021: £nil). See note 
18 for further details.

5. Segment information 
The segmental disclosures reflect the analysis presented on a monthly basis to the chief operating decision maker of the business, the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors. 

In addition, the split of revenues and non-current assets by the UK and overseas have been included as they are specifically required 
by IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”.

For management purposes, the Group is organised into the following reportable segments:

 ▪ Clareti Solutions – supply of solutions predominantly to the finance and banking markets across Asia Pacific, EMEA and North 

America. Includes both software and services that can be accessed in the cloud, on-premise or deployed into hybrid environments. 
These primary offerings within this segment include: 

 – Clareti Control products; and

 – Clareti Connect products.

 ▪ Other Solutions – supply of a range of well-established solutions to enterprise-level customers in a variety of end markets.

 ▪ Contracting Services – supply of IT contracting services to one banking customer.

Transfer prices between segments are set on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties. Segment 
revenue, segment expense and segment result include transfers between business segments. Those transfers are eliminated 
on consolidation.

90 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued5. Segment information continued

2022

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Gross profit %
Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting administrative items:
Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation 
Taxation

Profit after taxation 

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Adjusted EBITDA
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities

Cash adjusted EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

4

5
14
23

9
9

10

14
13
16

14
16

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

35,519
(5,032)

30,487

86%
(26,898)

Other

 Solutions
£’000

4,976
(2,546)

2,430

49%
(101)

3,589

2,329

Contracting
Services
£’000

Adjustments,
 central overheads
 and elimination
£’000

Consolidated 
£’000

8,224
(7,196)

1,028

13%
—

1,028

48,719
(14,774)

33,945

70%
(26,999)

6,946

(153)
(2,315)
(1,027)

(153)
(2,315)
(1,027)

(3,495)

(3,495)

3,451
6
(219)

3,238
(356)

2,882

6,946
2,408
191
714

10,259
(5,195)
(645)

4,419

80,632
(31,626)

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

91

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. Segment information continued

2021

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit
Gross profit %
Adjusted administrative expenses

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusting administrative items:
Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Adjusting administrative expenses

Operating profit 
Finance revenue
Finance costs

Profit before taxation 
Taxation

Loss after taxation 

Adjusted operating profit
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right-of-use assets

Adjusted EBITDA
Development costs capitalised
Principal paid on lease liabilities

Cash adjusted EBITDA

Segment assets 
Segment liabilities

Notes

4

5
14
23

9
9

10

14
13
16

14
16

Clareti 
Solutions
£’000

25,470
(3,978)

21,492
84%
(20,996)

496

Other

 Solutions
£’000

5,222
(2,338)

2,884
55%
(150)

2,734

Contracting
Services
£’000

6,334
(5,483)

851
13%
—

851

Adjustments, 
central
overheads and
elimination
£’000

—
—

—

—

—

(1,491)
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

Consolidated 
£’000

37,026
(11,799)

25,227
68%
(21,146)

4,081

(1,491)
(1,673)
(369)

(3,533)

548
4
(121)

431
(1,443)

(1,012)

4,081
2,369
175
581

7,206
(4,105)
(590)

2,511

81,594
(35,713)

The Group has a customer relationship with one banking customer which is considered by the Directors to be individually significant; 
revenue from this relationship exceeded 10% of the Group’s revenue, totalling £20,593,000 (2021: £17,618,000) which includes low 
margin contracting revenue of £10,229,000 (2021: £8,442,000).

92 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Segment information continued
Adjusting administrative items 
Operating performance is analysed excluding exceptional items, share-based payment charges and amortisation from acquired 
intangibles which is consistent in with the way in which the Board and most stakeholders review the financial performance of the 
Group. These adjusting items are all either non-cash or non-recurring IFRS expenses (or income) that do not reflect the underlying 
performance of the business. In the case of share-based payment charges, management acknowledge that these awards are 
potentially paid in “lieu” of cash salary or bonuses, however the actual charge represents a non-cash expense. Adjusting for these 
items is also consistent with the manner in which similar small and mid cap LSE (or AIM) listed present their results and how we 
understand the investment community to assess performance, where, for growth shares the recurring cash performance of the 
business is considered most important. In addition, these adjustments are also aligned with the performance methodology used by 
the panel of debt providers that tendered for the revolving credit facility established during the year in order to assess and continually 
monitor credit worthiness, risk and upon which covenants are set. 

The adjusting administrative items are:

Acquisition and associated integration costs
Advisory fees for new share option scheme

Exceptional costs
Exceptional income

Total exceptional items

Amortisation on acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Total adjusting administrative items

2022
£’000

153
—

153
—

153

2,315
1,027

3,495

2021
£’000

1,814
7

1,821
(330)

1,491

1,673
369

3,533

During the year the Group incurred £153,000 exceptional costs relating to legal and professional fees for the integration costs of prior 
year acquisitions.

During the year ended 31 December 2021 the Group incurred exceptional costs of £1,814,000 which included legal, due diligence and 
professional fees for the acquisition of Electra Information Systems and associated integration costs.

Exceptional legal and tax advisory costs were incurred in the year ended 31 December 2021 of £7,000 associated with implementation 
of a new ten-year share option incentive scheme. These costs are not expected to occur for a further ten years.

Exceptional income of £330,000 was recognised in the year ended 31 December 2021 on realising a gain on the completion of a 
contract to forward purchase US dollars. The contract was entered into to minimise the currency risk on the acquisition of Electra 
Information Systems. This income has been treated as exceptional as it is non-recurring.

Due to the amount and nature of amortisation of acquired intangibles and share-based payments both costs were treated as an 
adjusting administrative item. 

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is disclosed within the financial statements to show the underlying performance of the group on a consistent basis 
and to aid understanding of the financial performance during the year.

Profit before taxation
Adjusting items:
Amortisation of intangibles
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of right-to-use assets
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Finance revenue
Interest payable

EBITDA
Exceptional items
Share-based payments

Adjusted EBITDA

Notes

14
13
16
9
9
9

5
23

2022
£’000

3,238

4,723
191
714
45
(6)
174

9,079
153
1,027

10,259

2021
£’000

431

4,042
175
581
43
(4)
78

5,346
1,491
369

7,206

Adjusted EBITDA is not an IFRS measure or not considered to be a substitute for or superior to any IFRS measures. It is not directly 
comparable to other companies.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

93

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
5. Segment information continued
Geographic information

Revenues from external customers (by destination)
UK
EMEA
United States
Americas
Australia
Asia Pacific

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

6,953
4,460
14,607
1,307
20,840
552

48,719

5,998
3,151
9,096
517
17,738
526

37,026

EMEA includes revenue from external customers located primarily in the Netherlands, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Finland and South 
Africa. Americas include revenue primarily from Canada. Asia Pacific includes revenue from external customers located primarily in 
Malaysia and Singapore.

Non-current assets
UK
EMEA
North America
Asia Pacific

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

63,077
425
740
1,037

65,279

62,777
448
396
562

64,183

Non-current assets consist of property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

6. Group operating profit
The Group operating profit is stated after charging:

Research costs written off
Amortisation of deferred development costs recognised in administration expenses

Total research and development costs

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of right to use assets
Amortisation of intangible assets (excluding development costs)

Total depreciation, impairment and amortisation expense

Employee benefit expenses
Net foreign currency differences (gains)/losses

Notes

14

13
16
14

8

2022
£’000

2,616
2,360

4,976

191
714
2,363

3,268

2021
£’000

1,721
2,326

4,047

175
581
1,716

2,472

27,570
(218)

20,521
69

7. Auditor’s remuneration
The Group paid the following amounts to its auditor in respect of the audit of the financial statements and for other services provided 
to the Group.

Audit fees
Audit of the Group financial statements and associated company
Other fees to the auditor 
– Auditing the accounts of subsidiaries
– Audit of acquisition

Non-audit fees
Accountants report on historical financial information
Audit of bank covenant certificates

94 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

32

190
—

222

—
3

3

29

111 
14

154 

160
6

166 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued8. Staff costs and Directors’ emoluments
Staff and Director costs 

2022 

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

2021

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Income 
statement
£’000

 Capitalised
development 
costs
£’000

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

17,556
1,272
518

19,346

3,974
372
108

4,454

21,530
1,644
626

23,800

3,228
212
330

3,770

Income 
statement
£’000

 Capitalised
development
£’000

Total excluding 
contracting
£’000

Contracting 
costs expensed
£’000

13,120
833
581

14,534

3,031
246
109

3,386

16,151
1,079
690

17,920

2,250
131
220

2,601

Total
£’000

24,758
1,856
956

27,570

Total
£’000

18,401
1,210
910

20,521

Included in wages and salaries is a total expense of share-based payments of £1,027,000 (2021: £369,000) all of which arises from 
transactions accounted for as equity-settled share-based payment transactions.

The average monthly number of employees during the year was made up as follows:

Management
Sales and administration
Technical

Total

Contracting services

Details of Directors’ compensation are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

9. Finance revenue and costs

Finance revenue
Bank interest receivable

Finance costs
Notional interest on lease liabilities
Bank interest payable
Other interest payable
Other bank charges

Total finance costs

2022

14
48
160

222

37

2022
£’000

6

45
19
6
149

219

2021

12
42
128

182

33

2021
£’000

4

43
—
1
77

121

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

95

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
10. Taxation
Tax on profit on ordinary activities
Tax charge in the income statement

Current income tax
Overseas tax charge/(credit) – adjustment to prior years
Overseas tax charge – current year
UK corporation tax credit – adjustment to prior years

Total current income tax

Deferred income tax
Movement in net deferred tax liability
Tax rate change adjustments

Total deferred income tax

Total charge in the income statement

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

45
1,570
(1,293)

322

34
—

34

356

(93)
1,118
(1,045)

(20)

1,231
232

1,463

1,443

The UK corporation tax credit included £1,273,000 (2021: £1,045,000) relating to the surrender of prior year tax losses under the HMRC 
R&D tax credit scheme. 

Reconciliation of the total tax charge 
The tax charge in the income statement for the year is lower (2021: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.0% 
(2021: 19.0%). The differences are reconciled below:

Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation multiplied by the UK standard rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%)
Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Impact of tax rate change on timing differences
Difference in overseas tax rates
Movement in unprovided tax losses
Adjustments to prior years in respect to current tax
Adjustments to prior years in respect to deferred tax
Research and development enhanced relief
Deferred tax on the inter-group sale of intellectual property

Total tax charge reported in the income statement 

Tax credit recognised in equity

Deferred tax credit recognised directly in equity

Total tax credit recognised directly in equity

Deferred tax 
Deferred tax liabilities
Movement on the deferred tax liability is shown below:

At 1 January
Recognised in income
Recognised in equity
Arising on acquisition of intangibles in subsidiaries
Foreign exchange

At 31 December

96 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

2022
£’000

3,238
615

573
139
375
(86)
(1,248)
2,165
(2,177)
—

356

2022
£’000

301

301

2022
£’000

(6,599)
(34)
301
—
265

(6,067)

2021
£’000

431
82

288
234
785
(305)
(1,138)
1,802
(1,703)
1,398

1,443

2021
£’000

—

—

2021
£’000

(737)
(1,463)
—
(4,055)
(344)

(6,599)

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
 
10. Taxation continued
Deferred tax continued
Deferred tax liabilities continued
Deferred tax recognised relates to the following: 

Tax losses available for offset against future taxable income
Employee share award schemes
Capitalised development costs
Accelerated depreciation for tax purposes on fixed assets
Other timing differences
Inter-group sale of intellectual property
Acquired intangibles – software and customer relationships

31 December 

Comprising:
Asset
Liability

31 December 

2022
£’000

3,979
766
(5,577)
540
379
(1,300)
(4,854)

(6,067)

—
(6,067)

(6,067)

2021
£’000

3,639
310
(4,545)
828
—
(1,398)
(5,433)

(6,599)

232
(6,831)

(6,599)

Unrecognised tax losses
The Group has tax losses that are available indefinitely for offset against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses 
arose as analysed below. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may not be used to offset 
taxable profits elsewhere in the Group and they have arisen in subsidiaries that have been loss making for some time.

The tax effect of exchange differences recorded within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income is a credit of £178,000 
(2021: £35,000).

Temporary differences associated with Group investments
At 31 December 2022, there was no recognised deferred tax liability (2021: £nil) for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted 
earnings of certain of the Group’s subsidiaries as the Group has determined that undistributed profits of its subsidiaries will not be 
distributed in the foreseeable future.

Unrecognised potential deferred tax assets
The deferred tax not recognised in the consolidated statement of financial position is as follows: 

Gresham Technologies (Luxembourg) S.A.
Gresham Technologies (Holdings) SARL
Inforalgo Information Technology Limited
Gresham Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited
Gresham Technologies (TDI) Limited

Tax losses

Gross tax losses unrecognised

2022
£’000

793
109
—
137
119

1,158

5,155

2021
£’000

816
103
243
125
116

1,403

5,857

Future tax rates
The main UK corporation tax rate is due to increase to 25% from 1 April 2023 as substantively enacted by the Finance Act 2021. 
Therefore, the rate used to calculate deferred tax balances at 31 December 2022 is 25%. 

The Group’s recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets in the UK, Luxembourg, Australian and US subsidiaries have been shown 
at the rates in the following table, being the substantively enacted rates in these countries.

UK
Luxembourg
Australia
US

2022
%

25
25
30
27

2021
%

25
25
30
27

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

97

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS11. Earnings
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit or loss for the year attributable to owners of the Parent by the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing profit or loss attributable to owners of the Parent by the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would 
be issued on the conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares except when such dilutive instruments 
would reduce the loss per share.

The following reflects the earnings and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

Basic weighted average number of shares
Employee share options – weighted (note 23)

Diluted weighted average number of shares

Adjusted earnings attributable to owners of the Parent
Adjusting items:
Exceptional items
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Deferred tax charge on inter-group sale of intellectual property
Share-based payments

Statutory earnings attributable to owners of the Parent

Earnings per share 

Statutory

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

Adjusted
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share 

Notes

5
14
10
23

2022

2021

83,393,061
1,133,957

77,132,796
890,100

84,527,018

78,022,896

2022
£’000

6,377

(153)
(2,315)
—
(1,027)

2,882

Pence

3.46
3.41

7.65
7.54

 2021
£’000

3,919

(1,491)
(1,673)
(1,398)
(369)

(1,012)

Pence

(1.31)
(1.31)

5.08
5.02

During the year ended 31 December 2022, share options granted under share option schemes were exercised and the Group issued 
85,000 (2021: 83,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 for further details.

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date 
of completion of this Annual Financial Report 2022.

12. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 was approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 2022 and 
paid on 19 May 2022 of 0.75 pence per share, equating to a total of £622,000. The Company will be proposing a final dividend for 
approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 2022 of 0.75 pence per share. 

98 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued13. Property, plant and equipment

2022

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2021

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Additions acquired as part of a business combination
Disposals

Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Depreciation and impairment
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

745
463
—

63

1,073
343
(293)

21

Total
£’000

1,818
806
(293)

84

1,271

1,144

2,415

(723)
(33)
—
(12)

(768)

503
22

(877)
(158)
293
(6)

(748)

396
196

Fixtures and 
fittings
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

756
1
—
—

(12)

745

(691)
(43)
—
11

(723)

22
65

1,009
144
9
(83)

(6)

1,073

(831)
(132)
83
3

(877)

196
178

(1,600)
(191)
293
(18)

(1,516)

899
218

Total
£’000

1,765
145
9
(83)

(18)

1,818

(1,522)
(175)
83
14

(1,600)

218
243

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

99

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
14. Intangible assets

2022

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Eliminated on disposal 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

2021

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Exchange adjustment 

At 31 December 

At 1 January 
Charge for year 
Eliminated on disposal 
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 

Net carrying amount
At 31 December 
At 1 January 

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

Total
£’000 

31,072
5,195
—
34

36,301

(10,378)
(2,360)
—
(7)

(12,745)

23,556
20,694

858
—
(91)
10

777

(763)
(48)
91
(10)

(730)

47
95

12,120
—
—
—

12,120

(3,105)
(1,212)
—
—

(4,317)

14,210
—
—
—

14,210

(1,378)
(1,103)
—
—

(2,481)

19,848
—
—
55

19,903

(217)
—
—
(33)

(250)

78,108
5,195
(91)
99

83,311

(15,841)
(4,723)
91
(50)

(20,523)

7,803
9,015

11,729
12,832

19,653
19,631

62,788
62,267

Separately identified intangibles 
on acquisition 

Development 
costs
£’000 

Patents and 
licences
£’000 

Software 
£’000 

Customer 
relationships
£’000 

Goodwill
£’000 

Total
£’000 

26,996
4,105
—
(29)

31,072

(8,117)
(2,326)
—
65

(10,378)

20,694
18,879

832
45
(6)
(13)

858

(739)
(43)
6
13

(763)

95
93

7,161
4,959
—
—

12,120

(2,141)
(964)
—
—

(3,105)

2,410
11,800
—
—

14,210

(669)
(709)
—
—

(1,378)

5,625
14,279
—
(56)

43,024
35,188
(6)
(98)

19,848

78,108

(250)
—
—
33

(217)

(11,916)
(4,042)
6
111

(15,841)

9,015
5,020

12,832
1,741

19,631
5,375

62,267
31,108

Development costs
Development costs are internally generated and are capitalised at cost. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite 
life and are amortised on a straight-line basis over their useful lives of two to eleven years. These assets are tested for impairment 
where an indicator of impairment arises and annually prior to them being made available for use.

For the years ended 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 the Group has capitalised development costs in respect of individual 
Clareti applications which have been individually assessed against the required capitalisation criteria and been individually assigned 
useful economic lives reflecting the maturity and availability of comparable applications in our markets. These useful economic lives 
are assessed to be between two and eleven years.

No changes have been made to development costs capitalised in prior years in respect of the Clareti platform, which continue to be 
amortised on a systematic basis over the existing useful economic life of eleven years.

Patents and licences
Patents and licences are the third-party costs incurred in seeking and obtaining protection for certain of the Group’s products and 
services. These intangible assets have been assessed as having a finite life and are being amortised evenly over their useful economic 
life, to a maximum of ten years. Patents have a remaining life of three years and licences have a remaining life of one to ten years.

100 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued14. Intangible assets continued
Separately identified acquired intangibles 
Separately identified intangibles acquired through business combinations represent software and customer relationships which arose 
through the acquisitions of C24 Technologies Limited, B2 Group, Inforalgo and Electra Information Systems.

Software is amortised over its useful economic life, which is deemed to be ten years.

Customer relationships acquired in the year are amortised over their useful economic life, which is deemed to be twelve years for the 
Electra acquisition, eight years for the Inforalgo and C24 Technologies Limited acquisitions and six years for B2 Group.

Goodwill
Goodwill arose on the acquisition of our Asia Pacific real-time financial solutions business, C24 Technologies Limited, B2 Group, 
Inforalgo and Electra Information Systems. It is assessed as having an indefinite life and is assessed for impairment at least annually. 

15. Impairment of intangible assets
The Group performs impairment reviews at the reporting period end for all intangible assets to identify any intangible assets that have 
a carrying value that is in excess of its recoverable amount. 

Goodwill 
Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated to one individual cash-generating unit (“CGU”), the lowest level 
at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, for impairment testing.

Carrying amount of goodwill

Clareti Solutions CGU

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

19,653

19,631

Separately identified acquired intangibles
Intangibles assets acquired through business combinations are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis. The following table 
summarises the net book value of separately identified acquired intangibles:

Software
Customer relationships

2022
£’000

7,803
11,729

19,532

2021
£’000

9,015
12,832

21,847

Development costs (finite life)
Development costs are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis prior to being made available for use, or sooner where an 
indicator of impairment exists. The following table summarises the net book value of development costs:

Clareti Solutions CGU

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

23,556

20,694

Clareti Solutions cash-generating unit
The recoverable amount of this CGU has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation. The cashflow projections are based 
on the 2023 financial budget, as approved by the Board, which are extrapolated for five years and extended beyond five years using a 
long-term growth rate. The Board considers this approach appropriate given the long-term opportunities that exist in the Asia Pacific, 
EMEA and North American regions. 

The discount rate applied to cashflow projections is 17% (2021: 15%) and cashflows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using 
a 2% growth rate (2021: 2%) that is a prudent approximation to the long-term average growth rate for the region in which the CGU 
operates. The recoverable amount of the Clareti Solutions CGU supports the value of goodwill on the statement of financial position.

Key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations
Key assumptions are made by management based on past experience taking into account external sources of information around 
gross margins, growth rates and discount rates for similar businesses.

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to assumptions around:

 ▪ operating cashflows, based on financial budgets for 2023 approved by the Board;

 ▪ growth rates, based on internally estimated growth rates for the market and business offerings; and

 ▪ the discount rate, based on the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital of the Group.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 101

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS15. Impairment of intangible assets continued
Sensitivity to changes in assumptions
A change in our key assumption in respect of operating cashflows could cause the carrying value of the goodwill or development 
costs to exceed the recoverable amount, resulting in an impairment charge.

If any one of the following changes were made to the above key assumptions, the carrying amount and recoverable amount 
would be equal.

Pre-tax discount rate 

Increase from 17% to 26%

Growth rate beyond year 5 

Reduction from 2% to -16%

Revenue growth  

Reduction from 18% average over five years to 9% average

We are confident the assumptions in respect of operating cashflows remain appropriate. Where the operating cashflows incorporate 
products or solutions that will be sold in an existing known market, past experience is used as a guide to the level of sales achievable, 
growth rates and associated margins. Where the operating cashflows relate to products or solutions that will be sold into a new or 
emerging market, past experience with similar products or solutions is combined with relevant information from external market 
sources, such as competitor pricing and discussions with potential customers, in arriving at the level of sales achievable, growth rates 
and associated margins.

16. Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets or leases 
with a duration of twelve months or less. The expense relating to short-term leases of twelve months or less was £nil (2021: £nil). 
The Group held no low value asset leases.

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of lease liability reduced for any lease incentives received and increased for 
initial direct costs incurred and any provision contractually required. Right-of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the lease.

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term with the discount 
rate determined by reference to the interest rate inherent in the lease and where that is not readily determinable the incremental 
borrowing rate, between 3.1% and 5.8%. Subsequent to the initial measurement lease liabilities are increased as a result of interest 
charged and reduced for lease payments made.

The Group leases a number of office buildings where payments are fixed until the contracts expire. The average lease term is 2.4 years 
(2021: 2.5 years). During the year, one office lease expired, which was replaced by a new lease for the identical underlying asset. This 
resulted in an addition to right of use assets of £55,000 (2021: £nil).

In addition during the year, the Group has reassessed the lease term of one of the leases where the original lease contract includes an 
extension option. The extension option allows the original lease term of five years to be extended by a further five years. Incorporating 
the extended lease term resulted in an addition to right of use assets of £538,000 in 2022 (2021: £nil).

The Group has entered a rent review for one of its office leases which includes rent for the years ending 31 December 2022 and 
31 December 2021, which has not been agreed as at 31 December 2022. The related lease liability and right of use asset has been 
reassessed as at 31 December 2022 resulting in an addition to right of use assets of £215,000. The estimated cash outflow of the 
additional rent in relation to these years is £71,000.

There are no other extension or termination options on the lease arrangements.

Right-of-use assets

2022

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December
Amortisation

At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December 
Net carrying amount

At 31 December
At 1 January

102 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Property
£’000

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

2,846
808
(439)
90

3,305

(1,384)
(710)
439
(58)

(1,713)

1,592
1,462

62
—
(62)
—

—

(58)
(4)
62
—

—

—
4

Total
£’000

2,908
808
(501)
90

3,305

(1,442)
(714)
501
(58)

(1,713)

1,592
1,466

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued16. Leases continued
Right-of-use assets continued

2021

Cost
At 1 January
Additions
Acquisition
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Amortisation
At 1 January
Charge for year
Disposals
Exchange adjustment

At 31 December

Net carrying amount
At 31 December
At 1 January

Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2022
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2022

At 1 January 2021
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Acquisitions
Interest expense
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December 2021

Due between 0-3 months
Due between 3-12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

Property
£’000

3,183
232
293
(810)
(52)

2,846

(1,570)
(556)
704
38

(1,384)

1,462
1,613

Land and 
buildings
£’000

1,406

(639)

808
45
42

1,662

1,510

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

99
—
—
(31)
(6)

62

(66)
(25)
31
2

(58)

4
33

Motor 
vehicles
£’000

6

(6)

—
—
—

—

29

Total
£’000

3,282
232
293
(841)
(58)

2,908

(1,636)
(581)
735
40

(1,442)

1,466
1,646

Total
£’000

1,412

(645)

808
45
42

1,662

1,539

(566)

(24)

(590)

125
306
42
(11)

1,406

—
—
1
—

6

2022
£’000

194
515

709
953

125
306
43
(11)

1,412

2021
£’000

161
481

642
770

1,662

1,412

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 103

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS17. Investments
Details of Group undertakings
Details of the investments in which the Group holds 20% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are as follows:

Name of subsidiary company

Registered address

Gresham Technologies (UK) Limited(4)
Gresham Technologies (Solutions) Limited(4)
C24 Technologies Limited(4)
Gresham Technologies (Australia) Pty Limited(3) Level 6, 1 Pacific Highway, North 

Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England

Gresham Technologies (TDI) Limited(1,4) 
Gresham Technologies (Malaysia) SDN BHD(1)

Sydney, Australia
Aldermary House, London, England
Level 7, Menara Milenium, Jalan 
Damanlela, Malaysia

Holding
(shares)

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

Ordinary
Ordinary

Proportion of
voting rights
and shares held

Nature of business

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions

Gresham Technologies (Singapore) Pte. Limited 138 Cecil Street, Cecil Court, 

Ordinary

100% Software solutions

Singapore
Gresham Technologies (US) Inc.(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Gresham Enterprise Storage Inc.(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Electra Information Systems Inc.(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Electra Solutions Inc.(1,3)
381 Park Ave S, New York, US
Electra Information Systems Limited(1,4)
Aldermary House, London, England
Gresham Technologies (International) Limited(4) Aldermary House, London, England
Gresham Technologies (Holdings) SARL(3)

Gresham Technologies (Luxembourg) S.A.(1)

GMS Loan Technologies Limited(4)
Inforalgo Information Technology Limited(4)
Gresham Consultancy Services Limited(2)
Gresham Tech Limited(2)
Gresham Telecomputing Limited(2)
Circa Business Systems Limited(2)
Cheerkeep Limited(2)

6E route de Treves, L-2633, 
Luxembourg
6E route de Treves, L-2633, 
Luxembourg
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England
Aldermary House, London, England

(1)  Held by a subsidiary undertaking.

(2)  Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 480a of the Companies Act 2006.

(3)  Subsidiary has no requirement for a local statutory audit.

(4)  Subsidiary exempt from UK audit under section 479a of the Companies Act 2006.

18. Current assets

Trade receivables
Prepayments
Other receivables

Trade and other receivables

Accrued income
Prepaid commission

Contract assets

Income tax receivable

104 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Software solutions
100% Holding company
100% Holding company

Ordinary

100% Software solutions

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100%
Dormant
100% Software solutions
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%
Dormant
100%

2022
£’000

4,765
1,213
537

6,515

1,822
736

2,558

2021
£’000

3,795
1,032
576

5,403

1,234
431

1,665

—

1,204

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued18. Current assets continued
Trade receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

Sterling
Euro
US Dollar
Canadian Dollar
Australian Dollar
Malaysian Ringgit
South African Rand

Total trade receivables

2022
£’000

1,034
718
1,863
22
1,098
5
25

4,765

2021
£’000

342
740
2,009
10
531
163
—

3,795

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and are generally on 30 to 60 day terms and are shown net of a provision for impairment.

At 31 December, the analysis of trade receivables that were past due but not impaired is as follows:

2022

2021

Total
£’000

4,765

3,795

Due not 
impaired
£’000

2,849

1,774

Past due but not impaired

<30 days
£’000

30–60 days
£’000

60–90 days
£’000

90–120 days
£’000

>120 days
£’000

1,524

1,625

161

122

75

28

—

47

156

199

The Group’s customers primarily comprise national and international banks, Government bodies and substantial private and public 
companies. As a result, the credit quality of trade receivables that are neither past due nor impaired has been assessed by the 
Directors to be relatively high, taking account of a low historical experience of bad debts and relatively good ageing profiles.

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and 
contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
Group’s customers, such factors include but are not limited to gross domestic product (“GDP”), unemployment rate and inflation rates. 

19. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand

2022
£’000

6,280

2021
£’000

9,139

Cash at bank earns interest at both fixed-term rates and floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. Short-term deposits are 
made for varying periods of between one day and three months depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and 
earn interest at the respective short-term deposit rates. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is the same as stated above. 

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cashflow, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash at bank and in hand and 
short-term deposits.

20. Trade, other payables, provisions and financial liabilities
Trade and other payables
Trade payables, other payables and contract liabilities are non-interest bearing.

Current

Trade payables
Accruals
Social security and other taxes
Other payables
Contract liabilities

Income tax payable

2022
£’000

1,536
4,252
618
1,690
11,070

19,166

2022
£’000

244

2021
£’000

1,059
3,909
492
2,108
12,048

19,616

2021
£’000

131 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 105

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
20. Trade, other payables, provisions and financial liabilities continued
Trade and other payables continued
Non-current

Contract liabilities

Provisions

At 1 January 
– Current
– Non-current

Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December

– Current
– Non-current

2022
£’000

354

2022
£’000

—
144

144
2

146

—
146

146

2021
£’000

60

2021
£’000

—
146

146
(2)

144

—
144

144

The provisions relate to the Group’s property portfolio and the resulting lease liabilities, comprising end-of-lease dilapidation costs and 
empty property costs. 

Contingent consideration

At 1 January
– Current
– Non-current

Payments made during the year
Increase in contingent consideration arising on the acquisition of Inforalgo
Arising on the acquisition of Electra
Foreign exchange movements

At 31 December

– Current
– Non-current

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

3,944
3,575

7,519

(4,356)
—
— 
824

3,987

3,987
—

3,987

909
349

1,258

(923)
34
6,938
212

7,519

3,944
3,575

7,519

21. Financial instruments
The Group is exposed through its operations to credit risk, interest rate risk, capital risk, liquidity risk and currency risk.

The Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing those risks and the methods used to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these 
risks is presented throughout these financial statements. There have been no substantive changes in the Group’s exposure to financial 
instrument risks, its objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks or the methods used to measure them from previous 
periods unless otherwise stated in this note.

106 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued21. Financial instruments continued
Categories of financial assets and liabilities
Set out below is an analysis by category of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are carried in the financial statements 
(there is no material difference between the carrying amounts and fair values):

2022

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Contingent consideration
Accruals
Other payables

2021

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Contingent consideration
Accruals
Other payables

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—

—

—
3,987
—
—

3,987

Fair value
through
profit and loss
£’000

—
—

—

—
7,519
—
—

7,519

Amortised
cost 
£’000

4,765
6,280

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

4,765
6,280

11,045

11,045

1,536
—
4,252
1,690

7,478

Amortised
cost 
£’000

3,795
9,139

1,536
3,987
4,252
1,690

11,465

Total
carrying
amount
£’000

3,795
9,139

12,934

12,934

1,059
—
3,909
2,108

7,076

1,059
7,519
3,909
2,108

14,595

The Group determined the fair value of the contingent consideration based on expected achievement of agreed revenue targets. 
If revenue is 5% lower than the agreed targets, the contingent consideration payable will be reduced by £1,595,000. This liability is 
classed as level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, i.e. fair value measurements are derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for 
assets or liabilities that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses using a lifetime expected credit loss 
provision for trade receivables and contract assets. To measure expected credit losses on a collective basis, trade receivables and 
contract assets are grouped based on similar credit risk and ageing. The contract assets have similar risk characteristics to the trade 
receivables for similar types of contracts.

The expected loss rates are based on the Group’s historical credit losses experienced over the three-year period prior to the period 
end. The historical loss rates are then adjusted for current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the 
Group’s customers. 

As at 31 December 2022 and 31 December 2021 the Group held no foreign exchange instruments. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 107

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
21. Financial instruments continued
Categories of financial assets and liabilities continued
A reconciliation of financial liabilities and related cashflows are shown below:

2022

Bank loans
Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities from financing activities 

At 1 January
£’000

Cash flows
£’000

New leases
£’000

Interest
£’000

—
1,412
7,519

8,931

—
(645)
(4,356)

(5,001)

—
808
—

808

—
45
—

45

Foreign 
exchange 
movements
£’000

At 
31 December
£’000

—
42
824

866

—
1,662
3,987

5,649

During the year $1.25m was drawndown from the Group’s $10m loan facility with the Bank of Ireland. The amount was repaid in full 
during the year.

2021

Lease liabilities
Contingent consideration

Total liabilities from 
financing activities 

At 1 January
£’000

Cash flows
£’000

New leases
£’000

Acquisitions
£’000

Interest
£’000

1,539
1,258

(590)
(923)

2,797

(1,513)

125
—

125

306
6,972

7,278

43
—

43

Foreign 
exchange 
movements
£’000

At 
31 December
£’000

(11)
212

1,412
7,519

201

8,931

Objectives, policies and strategies
The Group’s objective is to finance the business through management of existing liquidity, focusing on working capital acceleration to 
cash and converting illiquid assets to liquid assets and, ultimately, cash. Investments in non-current assets have been made with the 
benefit of research and development tax credits taken as cash.

The Group’s policy towards using financial instruments is to manage credit, liquidity and currency exposure risk without exposing the 
Group to undue risk or speculation. The policy is kept under review by the Directors according to the Group’s foreign exchange and 
treasury policy.

Risk management
The risks arising from the Group’s operations and financial instruments are explained below.

Credit management
The Group monitors exposure to credit risk on an ongoing basis. The risk of financial loss due to a counterparty failure to honour its 
obligations arises principally in relation to transactions where the Group provides solutions and services on deferred terms and where 
it invests or deposits surplus cash.

Group policies are aimed at minimising such losses, and require that deferred terms are granted only to customers who demonstrate 
an appropriate payment history and satisfy creditworthiness procedures. Individual exposures are monitored with customers subject 
to credit limits to ensure that the Group’s exposure to provisions for bad debts is not significant. Solutions and services may be sold 
on a cash-with-order basis to mitigate credit risk. Bad debt provision insurance is not carried. 

Performance of individual businesses is monitored at both operating unit and Group level allowing the early identification of major 
risks and reducing the likelihood of an unmanaged concentration of credit risk.

Cash investments are only allowed in liquid securities with major financial institutions that satisfy specific criteria. The maximum 
credit risk exposure at the statement of financial position date is represented by the carrying value of financial assets. There are no 
significant concentrations of credit risk.

Interest rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk since it has no bank borrowings and interest receivable on cash deposits does not 
form a material part of Group income.

Capital risk
The Group defines its capital as the Group’s total equity and manages capital based on the level of net cash held. Its objective when 
managing capital is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders, to 
provide an adequate return to investors based upon the level of risk undertaken, to have available the necessary financial resources to 
allow the Group to invest in areas that may deliver future benefit to investors and to maintain sufficient financial resources to mitigate 
risks and unforeseen events.

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may issue new shares or sell assets to provide additional capital.

108 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued21. Financial instruments continued
Liquidity risk
The Group’s liquidity risk falls within the following main categories:

 ▪ Trade receivables – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in working capital, which primarily comprises trade 

receivables. The settlement risk associated with these assets comprises both credit risk (the risk that the counterparty will not 
settle at all) and liquidity risk (the risk that the counterparty will not settle on time).

 ▪ Non-current assets – a significant element of the Group’s liquidity is tied up in intangible and tangible fixed assets. For those 

assets required in the business for day to day operations, the Group considers the use of finance lease arrangements to reduce 
the amount of liquidity tied up in such assets. The Group keeps its investment in fixed assets under review and actively considers 
converting such assets to more liquid assets. 

 ▪ Other payables – the Group’s liquidity depends on the ability to fund future operating activities, the Group believes that there is 

sufficient cash reserves to cover any short and long-term requirements.

 ▪ Currency risk – this risk is discussed below. 

The table below summarises the remaining contractual maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities, based on contractual 
undiscounted payments:

2022

Trade payables

Accruals
Other payables
Contingent consideration
Lease liabilities

2021

Trade payables
Accruals
Other payables
Contingent consideration
Lease liabilities

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

1,326

4,252
1,690
—
194

7,462

—

—
—
3,987
515

4,502

Between 
0 and 
3 months
£’000

Between 
3 and 
12 months
£’000

1,059
3,909
1,237
369
161

6,735

—
—
871
3,575
481

4,927

—

—
—
—
766

766

Between
1 and 2
years
£’000

—
—
—
3,575
394

3,969

—

—
—
—
187

187

Between
2 and 5
years
£’000

—
—
—
—
376

376

All current liabilities are expected to fall due within one year of the statement of financial position date at their carrying amount.

The Group monitors and controls liquidity through the following key controls:

 ▪ weekly cash and overdue trade receivables are reported to the Executive Board; 

 ▪ cash forecasts are maintained;

 ▪ foreign exchange risks are hedged where significant; and

 ▪ credit control is operated locally, with Group oversight.

Where appropriate, discounts are offered for early payment by customers and finance lease and deferred payment arrangements 
are considered to retain or improve liquidity.

In June 2021 the Group arranged a $10m revolving credit facility with the Bank of Ireland. There was no outstanding liability as at 
31 December 2022.

Liquidity risk is not considered as a significant risk to the Group.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 109

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
21. Financial instruments continued
Currency risk
The Group has significant exposures to the following currencies: US Dollar, Australian Dollar, Euro, Malaysian Ringgit, Singapore Dollar 
and South African Rand.

Currency exposure arises through intra-group loans and trading balances throughout all Group locations. Natural hedging is employed, 
to the extent possible, to minimise net exposures; however, where significant exposures arise outside of intra-group trading, it is Group 
policy to enter into formal hedging arrangements where these can be shown to be effective. 

At 31 December 2022, the Group had no foreign currency forward contracts (2021: none).

Currency exposures comprise the monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group that are not denominated in the functional 
currency of the operating unit involved. In general, all overseas operating units trade and hold assets and liabilities in their functional 
currency. An analysis of trade receivables by currency is included in note 18.

Sensitivities
The following table details the Group’s sensitivities to a change in Sterling exchange rates against the respective foreign currencies. 
The sensitivities represent management’s assessment of the effect on monetary assets of the possible changes in foreign exchange 
rates, which for 2022 and 2021 take account of the potential fluctuations seen in the most recent periods. The sensitivity analysis 
of the Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the year end has been determined based on the assumption that the change is 
effective throughout the financial year and all other variables remain constant. The impact of translating the net assets of foreign 
operations into Sterling is excluded from the sensitivity analysis. 

A positive number indicates an increase in profit after taxation and other components of equity where Sterling weakens against the 
respective currencies.

2022

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

2021

Euro

Australian Dollar

US Dollar

Malaysian Ringgit

Singapore Dollar

South African Rand

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

1,251

4,451

2,365

35

52

25

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(208)
313

(742)
1,113

(394)
591

(6)
9

(9)
13

(4)
6

Net foreign currency
financial assets
£’000

Increase/decrease
in exchange rates

Effect on profit 
before tax
£’000

1,000

4,723

4,492

285

31

24

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

+20%
-20%

 +20%
-20%

(167)
250

(787)
1,181

(749)
1,123

(48)
71

(5)
8

(4)
6

The Group has no material exposure to interest rate sensitivities; however, in addition to the year-end risk quantified we remain 
susceptible to the changes on foreign exchange rates on our future currency cash-inflows and outflows which although are notable, 
are mitigated through the use of forward exchange contracts from time to time and are not anticipated to materially affect the 
earnings in the future periods.

110 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued22. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

At 1 January 2021
Exercise of share options (note 23)
Issue of new shares

At 31 December 2021
Exercise of share options (note 23)

At 31 December 2022

Number

70,156,458
83,000
13,125,000

83,364,458
85,000

83,449,458

Nominal value
£’000

3,508
4
656

4,168
4

4,172

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, share options granted under share option schemes were exercised at a price between 68.5 
and 96.3 pence with the Group issuing 85,000 (2021: 83,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in 
issue). Share premium of £65,000 (2021: £61,000) was recognised as a result.

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). 
Share premium of £19,474,000 was recognised as a result after deduction of £870,000 directly attributable expenses.

At 31 December 2022 and 2021 there were outstanding options granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 23 for 
further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2021: none).

An explanation of the Group’s capital management process and objectives is set out in the discussion of capital management in the 
Strategic Report and capital risk disclosures in note 21.

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)

At 1 January 2021
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2021
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2022

£’000

778
(169)

609
(313)

296

Number

831,600
(202,292)

629,308
(323,761)

305,547

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under share option contracts. The shares are held at the average purchase price.

23. Share-based payments 
The following disclosures are in respect of both the Company and the Group.

The grant of all options and awards is made by the Remuneration Committee and such grants involve equity settlement. In granting 
executive share options the Remuneration Committee has regard to both the participant’s level of responsibility within the Group and 
to individual and Group performance. 

Share Option Schemes
Performance Share Plan 2020
The Performance Share Plan 2020, was approved by shareholders in December 2020. The plan enables the Remuneration Committee 
to grant share options to key employees following the expiry of the Share Option Plan 2010 on 29 December 2020. Any conditional 
share award is granted on an ad-hoc discretionary basis at nil cost to the participant. The share award will vest on the later of a three-
year vesting period and the achievement of objective performance targets which will be specified by the Remuneration Committee.

332,750 (2021: 950,500) share options have been awarded in the year to 31 December 2022 under the 2020 share option scheme.

Share Option Plan 2010
The Share Option Schemes 2010 were approved by shareholders on 30 December 2010, with amendments subsequently approved by 
shareholders on May 2012 and February 2015. The scheme was created for a ten-year period and expired in December 2020 replaced 
by the Performance Share Plan 2020. 

No share options have been granted under the 2010 scheme during the year, and no options will be granted in the future. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

111

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS23. Share-based payments continued
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan operates in conjunction with the annual cash bonus scheme, a percentage of each participating 
employee’s net annual bonus entitlement will continue to be paid in cash with the remaining amount of the bonus being paid to the 
trustee of a employee benefit trust which has been constituted to acquire existing issued ordinary shares and facilitate the Deferred 
Share Bonus Plan. These bonus-related shares will be beneficially owned by each participant but held by the trustee as its nominee.

At the same time, a corresponding matching award will be made by the Company, entitling the participant to receive, at nil cost, an 
entitlement to further ordinary shares. These awards will vest subject to the following conditions:

 ▪ the related bonus shares being retained for a specified period; 

 ▪ any relevant performance targets being met; and

 ▪ the participant remaining in employment with the Gresham Group until the end of the specified retention period.

The matching awards granted to Senior Management are subject to a multiple of a maximum of 4 times the bonus shares awarded. 
These awards are subject to a three year vesting period and are subject to performance criteria in each year of the vesting period.

In April 2022 745,048 share options were granted at nil cost with two-year and three-year vesting periods; the options expire 
March 2032.

In previous years vested awards under the Deferred Share Bonus Plan were settled using existing ordinary shares held by the 
employee benefit trust.

For each of the share schemes exercise is permitted in conjunction with a takeover or similar transaction and in such circumstances 
the vesting period does not apply. In the event of a takeover, an option holder may, by agreement with the acquirer, exchange their 
options for options over shares in the acquiring Company. 

At 31 December 2022, 166 participants held awards under the share option schemes (2021: 48).

Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2022, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report, are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January
Deferred bonus shares awarded in prior years
Granted during the year
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year

Outstanding at 31 December

Exercisable at 31 December

Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)

2022
Number

WAEP
(pence)

2021
Number

WAEP
(pence)

3,455,500
815,336
1,077,798
(53,202)
(85,000)

5,210,432

2,438,309

6.49

92
5
5
5
(77)

2,588,000
—
950,500
—
(83,000)

61

3,455,500

121

2,255,000

6.10

123
—
5
—
(79)

92

125

During the year 85,000 options were exercised under during the period when the Company share price was between 142 pence and 
145.5 pence.

No price is payable on award of share options.

112 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued 
23. Share-based payments continued
Share Option Schemes continued
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 continued
Outstanding options and awards to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2022, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Performance Share Plan 2020

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

Number
of share
options

185,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000
75,000
75,000

943,000
327,250

38,668
54,641
267,834
67,373
386,820
183,452
521,394

 5,210,432

Date of
grant

01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19
25-Oct-19
24-Dec-20

21-Oct-21
08-Nov-22

27-Mar-19
18-Mar-20
18-Mar-20
31-Mar-21
31 Mar 21
31 Mar 22
31 Mar 22

Exercise
price
£

0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720
1.2210
1.5180

0.0500
0.0500

0.0500
0.0500
0.0500
0.0500
0.0500
0.0500
0.0500

Date first
exercisable

01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22
25-Oct-22
24-Dec-23

Expiry
date

01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29
25-Oct-29
24-Dec-30

21-Oct-24
08-Nov-25

21-Oct-31
08-Nov-32

27-Mar-21
18-Mar-22
18-Mar-23
31-Mar-23
31 Mar 24
31 Mar 24
31 Mar 25

27 Mar-29
18 Mar-30
18 Mar-30
31 Mar 31
31 Mar 31
31 Mar 32
31 Mar 32

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

178,155 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200
91,575
113,850

4,715
1,636

1,933
2,732
13,392
3,369
19,341
9,173
26,070

3,136,567

Outstanding options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 5 pence at 31 December 2021, including those noted in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report showing the range of exercise prices and dates, are as follows:

Share Option Schemes 2010

Number
of share
options

45,000 
225,000 
50,000 
1,500,000 
50,000 
140,000
45,000 
200,000
100,000
75,000
75,000

Date of
grant

15-Aug-12
01-Aug-13
07-Oct-13
01-Jun-15
21-Jun-16
20-Mar-17
28-Nov-17
14-Mar-18
28-Mar-19
25-Oct-19
24-Dec-20

Exercise
price
£

0.6850 
0.9630 
1.3230 
1.1057 
1.0945 
1.7352
2.1505
2.2715
0.9720
1.2210
1.5180

Date first
exercisable

15-Aug-15
01-Aug-16
07-Oct-16
01-Jun-18
21-Jun-19
20-Mar-20
28-Nov-20
14-Mar-21
28-Mar-22
25-Oct-22
24-Dec-23

Expiry
date

15-Aug-22
01-Aug-23
07-Oct-23
01-Jun-25
21-Jun-26
20-Mar-27
28-Nov-27
14-Mar-28
28-Mar-29
25-Oct-29
24-Dec-30

Cash
receivable 
if exercised 
£

30,825 
216,675 
66,150 
1,658,550 
54,725 
242,928
96,773 
454,300
97,200
91,575
113,850

Share Option Schemes 2020

950,500

21-Oct-21

0.0500

21-Oct-24

21-Oct-31

4,753

3,455,500

3,128,304 

The fair value of equity-settled share options granted by the Share Option Schemes are estimated as at the date of grant using a Black 
Scholes model, taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 113

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. Share-based payments continued
Share Option Schemes continued
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2017 continued
The following table lists the range of inputs to the model used for the grants made during the year:

Vesting date

Expiry date (number of years after grant)

Exercise price

Share price at valuation

Vested options’ expected life

Volatility

Dividend yield

Risk free rate

Impact of continued employment conditions

08-Nov-25

10

£0.05

£1.455

5.8 years

30%

0%

1.0%

0%

Vesting of options is reliant on achievement of any relevant performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee, which 
typically take the form of sales-based targets and share price growth. 

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The 
expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be 
the actual outcome. No other features of options granted were incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

Share-based payments
The expense recognised in the income statement for all equity-settled share-based payments in respect of employee services 
received is as follows:

Expense recognised in respect of share-based payments

2022
£’000

1,027

2021
£’000

369

24. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, share options granted under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the 
Group issued 85,000 (2021: 83,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 for 
further details. 

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares in issue). 

Share premium account
The balance classified as share premium represents the premium arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share capital, 
comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue expenses. There are restrictions on the use of the share premium account. 
It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for the premium payable on redemption of debentures, or to write off preliminary 
expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid on, or discounts allowed on, the same issues of shares or debentures of the Company.

Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of own shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Other reserves
The balance classified as other reserves comprises a special reserve of £536,000. The special reserve arose on the cancellation of 
deferred ordinary shares in June 1992. In 2018, 134,440 shares were issued as part consideration for the acquisition of B2 Group at a 
placing price of £1.71. The excess over the nominal value of the shares issued has been credited to other reserves (merger reserve) in 
compliance with s612 and s613 of the Companies Act 2006.

Foreign currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of 
foreign subsidiaries.

Retained earnings
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

25. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2022 (2021: none).

114 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continued26. Related party transactions 
Key management compensation (including Directors)

Directors’ emoluments
Remuneration
Social security costs
Bonuses
Pension
Share-based payments

2022
£’000

652
137
298
22
406

2021
£’000

648
145
401
22
116

1,515

1,332

Details of Directors’ compensation are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

There is no single party known that the Directors consider to be a controlling shareholder or ultimate parent undertaking. 
Refer to page 67 for details of all significant shareholders that the Company has been notified of.

27. Events after the reporting date
A dividend of 0.75 pence per share has been approved by the Board to propose to shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 115

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Company balance sheet

Fixed assets
Lease receivable
Investments

Current assets
Debtors
Cash at bank and in hand

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Net current liabilities

Total assets less current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due more than one year

Total assets less liabilities

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Own share reserve
Special reserve
Merger reserve
Profit and loss account

Shareholders’ funds – equity interests

At 
31 December
2022
£’000

At 
31 December
2021
£’000

Notes

8
5

6

7

7

9
10
9
10
10
10

781
42,665

43,446

38,372
419

38,791

945
41,638

42,583

39,000
643

39,643

(42,823)

(42,253)

(4,032)

(2,610)

39,414

39,973

(473)

(553)

38,941

39,420

4,172
23,941
(296)
313
1,583
9,228

4,168
23,876
(609)
313
1,583
10,089

38,941

39,420

The Company made a retained loss in the year of £1,319,000 (2021: £2,309,000).

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 13 March 2023.

On behalf of the Board.

Ian Manocha  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
13 March 2023 

Tom Mullan
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
13 March 2023

116 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company statement of changes in equity

At 1 January 2021
Issue of equity shares
Share issue costs
Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

At 31 December 2021

Exercise of share options
Share-based payments
Transfer of own shares held by 
Employee Share Ownership Trust 
to employees
Dividend paid
Retained loss for the year

Notes

9
13

9
4

9
13

9
4

Share 
capital
£’000

3,508
656
—
4
—

—
—
—

Share 
premium
£’000

4,341
20,344
(870)
61
—

—
—
—

Own 
shares
£’000

(778)
—
—
—
—

169
—
—

Special 
reserve
£’000

Merger 
reserve
£’000

Profit and 
loss account
£’000

313
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

1,583
—
—
—
—

12,551
—
—
—
369

—
—
—

—
(522)
(2,309)

Total
£’000

21,518
21,000
(870)
65
369

169
(522)
(2,309)

4,168

23,876

(609)

313

1,583

10,089

39,420

4
—

—
—
—

65
—

—
—
—

—
—

313
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
1,027

69
1,027

53
(622)
(1,319)

366
(622)
(1,319)

At 31 December 2022

4,172

23,941

(296)

313

1,583

9,228

38,941

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 117

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSF INAN CI AL  STATEMENTS

Notes to the Company financial statements

1. Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements of Gresham Technologies 
plc (the “Company”) have been prepared in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 “Application of Financial 
Reporting Requirements” and Financial Reporting Standard 
101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework” and as required by the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The financial statements are prepared under the historical 
cost convention as modified for financial instruments that 
are measured at fair value and were approved for issue on 13 
March 2023.

No income statement is presented by the Company as permitted 
by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. For the year ended 
31 December 2021, the Company recorded a retained loss of 
£1,319,000 (2021: loss £2,309,000).

The balance sheet heading relating to the Company’s 
investments in subsidiaries has been amended to “Fixed assets” 
from “Non-current assets” to be consistent with the Company’s 
presentation of its balance sheet in accordance with the balance 
sheet formats of the Companies Act 2006. Assets are classified 
in accordance with the definitions of fixed and current assets in 
the Companies Act instead of the presentation requirements of 
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements.

Going concern
The Group and the Company’s business activities, together with 
the factors likely to affect its future development, performance 
and position are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 01 to 40. 

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for a period of at least twelve 
months from the date of approval of the financial statements. 
For this reason, they continue to adopt the going concern basis 
in preparing the Annual Financial Report 2022.

Disclosure exemptions adopted
In preparing these financial statements the Company has taken 
advantage of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. 
Therefore these financial statements do not include:

 ▪ certain comparative information as otherwise required by 

adopted IFRSs;

 ▪ certain disclosures regarding the Company’s capital;

 ▪ a statement of cash flows;

 ▪ the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted;

 ▪ the disclosure of the remuneration of key management 

personnel; and

 ▪ disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly 
owned members of the Gresham Technologies plc Group.

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure 
exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures 
are included in the consolidated financial statements. These 
financial statements do not include certain disclosures in 
respect of:

 ▪ share-based payments;

 ▪ business combinations;

 ▪ assets held for sale and discontinued operations; and

 ▪ impairment of assets.

Investments
Investments are recorded at cost less provision for impairment. 

Financial assets
Impairment of financial assets
The Company assesses at each balance sheet date whether a 
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.

Assets carried at amortised cost
These assets arise principally from the provision of services 
to the Company’s subsidiary, but also incorporate other types 
of financial assets where the objective is to hold these assets 
in order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual 
cash flows are solely payments of principal and interest. They 
are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that 
are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue, and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. 

Impairment provisions from related parties and loans to related 
parties are recognised based on a forward-looking expected 
credit loss model. The methodology used to determine the 
amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a 
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
financial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased 
significantly since initial recognition of the financial asset, twelve-
month expected credit losses along with gross interest income 
are recognised. For those for which credit risk has increased 
significantly, lifetime expected credit losses along with the gross 
interest income are recognised. For those that are determined 
to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses along with 
interest income on a net basis are recognised.

The Company’s financial assets measured at amortised 
cost comprise intercompany receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand for the 
purpose of the statement of cash flows – bank overdrafts. Bank 
overdrafts are shown within loans and borrowings in current 
liabilities on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Taxation
Income taxes
Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount 
expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation 
authorities, based on tax rates and laws that are enacted or 
substantively enacted by the statement of financial position date.

Research and development tax credits are recognised on an 
accruals basis and recorded as a credit in the taxation line of the 
income statement.

Deferred income tax is recognised on all temporary differences 
arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the financial statements, with the 
following exceptions:

 ▪ where the temporary difference arises from the initial 
recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a 
transaction that is not a business combination that at the time 
of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit 
or loss;

 ▪ in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, 
where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 
can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary 
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 ▪ deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, carried forward 
tax credits or tax losses can be utilised.

118 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

1. Accounting policies continued
Taxation continued
Income taxes continued
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the 
tax rates that are expected to apply when the related asset 
is realised or liability is settled, based on tax rates and laws 
enacted or substantively enacted at the statement of financial 
position date.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed 
at each statement of financial position date. Deferred income 
tax assets and liabilities are offset only if a legally enforceable 
right exists to set off current tax assets against current tax 
liabilities, the deferred income taxes relate to the same taxation 
authority and that authority permits the Group to make a single 
net payment.

Income tax is charged or credited to other comprehensive 
income or directly to equity if it relates to items that are credited 
or charged to other comprehensive income or directly to equity. 
Otherwise, income tax is recognised in the income statement.

Foreign currencies
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated at 
an approximation of the exchange rate ruling on the date of the 
transaction.

Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet 
date. Resulting exchange gains and losses are taken to the 
income statement.

Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption under 
FRS 101 from disclosing related party transactions with entities 
that are wholly owned subsidiary undertakings of the Gresham 
Technologies plc Group.

Share-based payments – equity-settled transactions
The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is 
measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which 
they are granted and is recognised in the Company financial 
statements as a capital contribution to the subsidiaries for whom 
the employees perform services, with the credit entry being 
made to reserves, over the vesting period, which ends on the 
date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to 
the award. 

Fair value of awards with a market condition-based performance 
target is determined by an external valuer using a Monte Carlo 
simulation pricing model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, 
no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than 
conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company 
(market conditions). Fair value of awards with a financial result-
based performance target is determined by management using 
the Black Scholes pricing model.

No capital contribution is recognised for awards that do not 
ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional 
upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting 
irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, 
provided that all other vesting conditions are satisfied.

At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative 
expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the 
vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of 
the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and 
of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest 
or, in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, 
be treated as vesting as described above. The movement in 
cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is 
recognised as a capital contribution, with a corresponding entry 
in equity.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or 
a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled 
award, the cost based on the original award terms continues 
to be recognised as a capital contribution over the original 
vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognised as a capital 
contribution over the remainder of the new vesting period for 
the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the 
difference between the fair value of the original award and the 
fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date 
of the modification. No reduction is recognised if this difference 
is negative.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if 
it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any cost not yet 
recognised in the income statement for the award is recorded as 
a capital contribution immediately. Any compensation paid up to 
the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date 
is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being 
treated as a capital contribution in the balance sheet.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)
The Company is deemed to have control of its ESOT therefore 
the investment in the Company’s shares is deducted from equity. 
The shares are valued at the average purchase price.

Leases
All leases are accounted for by recognising a right-of-use asset 
and a lease liability except for leases of low value assets; and 
leases with a duration of twelve months or less. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term, 
with the discount rate determined by reference to the rate 
inherent in the lease unless (as is typically the case) this is not 
readily determinable, in which case the Company’s incremental 
borrowing rate on commencement of the lease is used. Variable 
lease payments are only included in the measurement of the 
lease liability if they depend on an index or rate. In such cases, 
the initial measurement of the lease liability assumes the 
variable element will remain unchanged throughout the lease 
term. Other variable lease payments are expensed in the period 
to which they relate. 

On initial recognition, the carrying value of the lease liability also 
includes: amounts expected to be payable under any residual 
value guarantee; the exercise price of any purchase option 
granted in favour of the Company if it is reasonably certain to 
assess that option; and any penalties payable for terminating the 
lease, if the term of the lease has been estimated on the basis of 
termination option being exercised. 

Right-of-use assets are initially measured at the amount of 
the lease liability, reduced for any lease incentives received, 
and increased for: lease payments made at or before 
commencement of the lease; initial direct costs incurred; and 
the amount of any provision recognised where the Company 
is contractually required to dismantle, remove or restore the 
leased asset.

Subsequent to initial measurement, lease liabilities increase as 
a result of interest charged at a constant rate on the balance 
outstanding and are reduced for lease payments made. Right-
of-use assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over the 
remaining term of the lease or over the remaining economic 
life of the asset if, rarely, this is judged to be shorter than the 
lease term. 

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 119

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS1. Accounting policies continued
Leases continued
When the Company revises its estimate of the term of any lease 
(because, for example, it re-assesses the probability of a lessee 
extension or termination option being exercised), it adjusts the 
carrying amount of the lease liability to reflect the payments to 
make over the revised term, which are discounted at the same 
discount rate that applied on lease commencement. The carrying 
value of lease liabilities is similarly revised when the variable 
element of future lease payments dependent on a rate or index 
is revised. In both cases an equivalent adjustment is made to the 
carrying value of the right-of-use asset, with the revised carrying 
amount being amortised over the remaining (revised) lease term. 

When the Company renegotiates the contractual terms of a 
lease with the lessor, the accounting depends on the nature of 
the modification: 

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in one or more additional assets 

being leased for an amount commensurate with the 
stand-alone price for the additional rights-of-use obtained, 
the modification is accounted for as a separate lease in 
accordance with the above policy;

 ▪ in all other cases where the renegotiation increases the scope 
of the lease (whether that is an extension to the lease term, or 
one or more additional assets being leased), the lease liability 
is remeasured using the discount rate applicable on the 
modification date, with the right-of-use asset being adjusted 
by the same amount; and

 ▪ if the renegotiation results in a decrease in the scope of the 
lease, both the carrying amount of the lease liability and 
right-of-use asset are reduced by the same proportion to 
reflect the partial or full termination of the lease with any 
difference recognised in profit or loss. The lease liability is then 
further adjusted to ensure its carrying amount reflects the 
amount of the renegotiated payments over the renegotiated 
term, with the modified lease payments discounted at the rate 
applicable on the modification date. The right-of-use asset is 
adjusted by the same amount. 

For contracts that both convey a right to the Company to use 
an identified asset and require services to be provided to the 
Company by the lessor, the Company has elected to account for 
the entire contract as a lease, i.e. it does allocate any amount 
of the contractual payments to, and account separately for, any 
services provided by the supplier as part of the contract.

2.  Auditor’s remuneration
The figures within the auditor’s remuneration note in the 
Gresham consolidated financial statements include fees charged 
by the Company’s auditor to Gresham Technologies plc in 
respect of audit and non-audit services. As such, no separate 
disclosure has been given above.

3.  Directors’ remuneration
Information concerning Directors’ remuneration and gains 
on exercise of share options can be found in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report beginning on page 64 and in note 8 to the 
Group financial statements. There are no staff employed or costs 
recognised in relation to the Parent Company.

4. Dividends paid and proposed
The final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2021 was 
approved at the Company Annual General Meeting on 10 May 
2022 and paid on 19 May 2022 of 0.75 pence per share, equating 
to a total of £622,000. The Company will be proposing a final 
dividend for approval at the AGM for the year ended 31 December 
2022 of 0.75 pence per share. 

5. Investments 

Investment in subsidiaries

Cost
At 1 January
Acquisitions
Disposals
Capital contribution – share-based 
payments 

At 31 December

Impairment provisions
At 1 January

At 31 December 

Net book value
At 31 December

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

55,230
—
—

34,058
23,866
(3,063)

1,027

369

56,257

55,230

13,592

13,592

13,592

13,592

42,665

41,638

Details of the investments in which the Company holds 20% 
or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital are 
included within note 17 to the Group financial statements.

6. Debtors

Amounts owed by subsidiary 
undertakings
Prepayments and accrued income

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

38,311
61

38,372

38,904
96

39,000

All amounts that fall due for repayment within one year and are 
presented within current assets as required by the Companies 
Act. The loans to Group companies are repayable on demand 
with no fixed repayment date although it is noted that a significant 
proportion of the amounts may not be sought for repayment 
within one year depending on activity in the group companies.

The amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are net of a 
provision for expected credit losses of £1,315,000 (2021: £1,315,000). 
The expected credit losses are assessed following a review of the 
recoverability of amounts owed by group undertakings. Where 
these arrangements are on-demand and non-interest bearing, 
we consider the subsidiary undertakings ability to pay as at 
31 December 2022 as well as alternative recovery scenarios.

7. Creditors
Amounts falling due within one year

Amounts owed to subsidiary 
undertakings
Lease liabilities
Trade creditors
Contingent consideration
Other creditors and accruals

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

42,425
338
34
—
26

42,823

41,447
313
50
379
64

42,253

120 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued 
 
 
7. Creditors continued
Amounts falling due more than one year

9. Issued share capital
Ordinary shares allotted, called up and fully paid

Lease liabilities

2022
£’000

473

2021
£’000

553

8. Leases
The Company holds a number of leases in respect of office 
buildings which are utilised by subsidiary companies. These 
leases are disclosed within the Company as a lease receivable, 
representing the amounts due from the subsidiaries in respect of 
these leases. 

Lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the 
contractual payments due to the lessor over the lease term 
with the discount rate determined by reference to the Group’s 
incremental external borrowing rate, between 3.1% and 5.8%. 
Subsequent to the initial measurement, lease liabilities are 
increased as a result of interest charged and reduced for lease 
payments made.

The table below represents the maturity of the lease receivable:

Less than 3 months
3 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years

Total

Lease liabilities

At 1 January 2021
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Disposals
Interest expense

At 31 December 2021
Cash items:
Lease payments
Non-cash items:
Additions
Interest expense

At 31 December 2022

Due between 0-3 months
Due between 3-12 months

Due less than one year
Due more than one year

Lease liabilities

2022
£’000

89
194
209
289

781

2022
£’000

80
258

338
473

811

2021
£’000

78
233
237
397

945

Total
£’000

1,025

(308)

232
(109)
26

866

(312)

224
33

811

2021
£’000

73
240

313
553

866

At 1 January 2021
Exercise of share options
Issue of new shares

At 31 December 2021
Exercise of share options 

At 31 December 2022

Number

Nominal value
£’000

70,156,458
83,000
13,125,000

83,364,458
85,000

83,449,458

3,508 
4
656

4,168
4

4,172

The Company’s ordinary share capital consists of individual 
shares having a nominal value of 5 pence each.

During the year ended 31 December 2021, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 85,000 (2021: 83,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking 
pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 of the 
Group financial statements for further details. 

At 31 December 2022 and 2021 there were outstanding options 
granted to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. See note 22 
of the Group financial statements for further details.

There are no preference shares in issue (2021: none).

Shares held by Employee Share Ownership Trust (“ESOT”)

At 1 January 2021
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2021
Issue of shares

At 31 December 2022

£’000

778
(169)

609
(313)

296

Number

831,600
(202,292)

629,308
(323,761)

305,547

The shares held by the ESOT are expected to be issued under 
share option contracts. The shares are held at the average 
purchase price.

10. Reserves
Share capital
The balance classified as share capital represents the nominal 
value arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share 
capital, comprising 5 pence ordinary shares.

During the year ended 31 December 2022, share options granted 
under the 2010 Share Option Plans were exercised and the Group 
issued 85,000 (2021: 83,000) ordinary shares accordingly (ranking 
pari passu with existing shares in issue). See note 22 of the 
Group financial statements for further details. 

In June 2021 the Company issued 13,125,000 ordinary shares 
at a price of 160 pence (ranking pari passu with existing shares 
in issue). 

Share premium
The balance classified as share premium represents the 
premium arising from the issue of the Company’s equity share 
capital, comprising 5 pence ordinary shares, net of share issue 
expenses. There are restrictions on the use of the share premium 
account. It can only be used for bonus issues, to provide for the 
premium payable on redemption of debentures, or to write off 
preliminary expenses, or expenses of, or commissions paid on, or 
discounts allowed on, the same issues of shares or debentures 
of the Company.

Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022 121

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Company financial statements continued

10. Reserves continued
Own share reserve
Weighted average cost of shares held in trust by the ESOT.

Special reserve
The special reserve arose on the cancellation of deferred 
ordinary shares in June 1992.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose on issue of shares in respect of 
acquisitions and mergers in the period 1992 to 1999 and in 2018. 

Profit and loss account
All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. 
dividends) that are not recognised elsewhere.

11. Capital commitments
There were no capital commitments at 31 December 2022 
(2021: none).

12. Contingent liabilities
In the normal course of business, the Company has issued 
general guarantees in respect of the contractual obligations of 
certain subsidiary undertakings. The Company has assessed the 
risk of defaults by subsidiary undertakings and should Gresham 
Technologies plc have to assume the debt and make settlement, 
the appropriate provisioning would be provided for within 
the Company. 

13. Share-based payments
Share-based payments in respect of both the Company 
and the Group are disclosed in note 23 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

14. Related party transactions
The Company is exempt from disclosing transactions within 
the wholly owned subsidiaries in the Group. Other related party 
transactions are included within those given in note 26 of the 
Group financial statements. 

15. Events after the reporting date
A dividend of 0.75 pence per share has been approved by 
the Board to propose to the shareholders at the Annual 
General Meeting.

122 Gresham Technologies plc  Annual Financial Report 2022